US20210009628A1 - Beta-D-2'-DEOXY-2'-Alpha-FLUORO-2'-Beta-C-SUBSTITUTED-2-MODIFIED-N6-SUBSTITUTED PURINE NUCLEOTIDES FOR HCV TREATMENT - Google Patents

Beta-D-2'-DEOXY-2'-Alpha-FLUORO-2'-Beta-C-SUBSTITUTED-2-MODIFIED-N6-SUBSTITUTED PURINE NUCLEOTIDES FOR HCV TREATMENT Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210009628A1
US20210009628A1 US17/028,724 US202017028724A US2021009628A1 US 20210009628 A1 US20210009628 A1 US 20210009628A1 US 202017028724 A US202017028724 A US 202017028724A US 2021009628 A1 US2021009628 A1 US 2021009628A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
compound
methyl
fluoro
hydrogen
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/028,724
Inventor
Jean-Pierre Sommadossi
Adel Moussa
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US17/028,724 priority Critical patent/US20210009628A1/en
Assigned to Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. reassignment Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MOUSSA, ADEL, SOMMADOSSI, JEAN-PIERRE
Assigned to Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. reassignment Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MOUSSA, ADEL, SOMMADOSSI, JEAN-PIERRE
Publication of US20210009628A1 publication Critical patent/US20210009628A1/en
Priority to US17/306,643 priority patent/US20220267366A1/en
Assigned to Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. reassignment Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE APPLICATION NUMBER 17028319 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL: 053997 FRAME: 0501. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT. Assignors: MOUSSA, ADEL, SOMMADOSSI, JEAN-PIERRE
Priority to US18/100,452 priority patent/US12084473B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16—Purine radicals
    • C07H19/20—Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • C07H19/207—Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids the phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids being esterified by a further hydroxylic compound, e.g. flavine adenine dinucleotide or nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7076—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16—Purine radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16—Purine radicals
    • C07H19/20—Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to nucleotide compounds and compositions and uses thereof to treat the Hepatitis C virus (“HCV”).
  • HCV Hepatitis C virus
  • Hepatitis C is an RNA single stranded virus and member of the Hepacivirus genus. It is estimated that 75% of all cases of liver disease are caused by HCV. HCV infection can lead to cirrhosis and liver cancer, and if left to progress, liver failure which may require a liver transplant. Approximately 170-200 million people worldwide are infected, with an estimated 3-4 million infections in the United States.
  • RNA polymerase is a key component in the targeting of RNA single stranded viruses.
  • the HCV non-structural protein NSSB RNA-dependent RNA polymerase is a key enzyme responsible for initiating and catalyzing viral RNA synthesis.
  • HCV NSSB is an attractive target for the current drug discovery and development of anti-HCV agents.
  • NSSB inhibitors There are two major subclasses of NSSB inhibitors: nucleoside analogs, which are anabolized to their active triphosphates—which act as alternative substrates for the polymerase—and non-nucleoside inhibitors (NNIs), which bind to allosteric regions on the protein.
  • Nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors mimic natural polymerase substrate and act as chain terminators. They inhibit the initiation of RNA transcription and elongation of a nascent RNA chain.
  • RNA viral proteins may also be targeted in combination therapies.
  • HCV proteins that are additional targets for therapeutic approaches are NS3/4A (a serine protease) and NS5A (a non-structural protein that is an essential component of HCV replicase and exerts a range of effects on cellular pathways).
  • Sovaldi® is a uridine phosphoramidate prodrug that is taken up by hepatocytes and undergoes intracellular activation to afford the active metabolite; 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro- ⁇ -C-methyluridine-5′-triphosphate; see structures below:
  • Sovaldi® is the first drug that has demonstrated safety and efficacy to treat certain types of HCV infection without the need for co-administration of interferon. Sovaldi® is the third drug with breakthrough therapy designation to receive FDA approval.
  • Harvoni® ledispasvir, a NS5A inhibitor, and sofosbuvir
  • Harvoni® is the first combination pill approved to treat chronic HCV genotype 1 infection. It is also the first approved regimen that does not require administration with interferon or ribavirin.
  • VIEKIRA PakTM a multipill pack containing dasabuvir (a non-nucleoside NS5B polymerase inhibitor), ombitasvir (a NS5A inhibitor), paritaprevir (a NS3/4A inhibitor), and ritonavir.
  • the VIEKIRA PakTM can be used with or without the ribavirin to treat genotype 1 HCV infected patients including patients with compensated cirrhosis.
  • VIEKIRA PakTM does not require interferon co-therapy.
  • interferon alpha-2b or pegylated interferon alpha-2b include interferon alpha-2b or pegylated interferon alpha-2b (Pegintron®), which can be administered with ribavirin (Rebetol®), NS3/4A telaprevir (Incivek®, Vertex and Johnson & Johnson), boceprevir (VictrelisTM, Merck), simeprevir (OlysioTM, Johnson & Johnson), paritaprevir (AbbVie), Ombitasvir (AbbVie), (NNI) Dasabuvir (ABT-333) and Merck's ZepatierTM (a single-tablet combination of the two drugs grazoprevir and elbasvir).
  • Prabetol® ribavirin
  • NS3/4A telaprevir Incivek®, Vertex and Johnson & Johnson
  • boceprevir VictrelisTM, Merck
  • simeprevir Olysio
  • NSSB polymerase inhibitors are currently under development.
  • Merck is developing the uridine nucleotide prodrug MK-3682 (formerly Idenix IDX21437). The drug is currently in Phase II combination trials.
  • the compounds of Formula I, Formula II, Formula III, Formula IV, Formula V, Formula VI, Formula VII and including ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-N 6 -(mono- or di-methyl) purine nucleotides are highly active against the HCV virus when administered in an effective amount to a host in need thereof.
  • the host can be a human or any animal that carries the viral infection.
  • Disclosed nucleotides include those with nanomolar activity against HCV in vitro and therapeutic indices that range to 25,000 or more.
  • N 6 -(methyl) purine nucleosides of disclosed compounds had not been developed or specifically disclosed as drug candidates prior to this invention.
  • 3′-azido-N 6 -dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine is not substantially deaminated by adenosine deaminase over a long period (120 minutes), and for that reason it had been considered an inappropriate compound to derivatize as a drug (see for example, WO 2010/091386, page 86 and corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 8,609,627).
  • compounds of the present invention are anabolized to a 5-monophosphate of the N 6 -substituted-purine without substantial N 6 -deamination and then subsequently anabolized at the 6-position to generate active guanine triphosphate compounds, in a manner that provides exceptional activity and therapeutic index.
  • a TC 50 greater than one hundred micromolar the compound thus has a therapeutic index of greater than 25,000.
  • compound 25 also has a therapeutic index of greater than 25,000.
  • the metabolism of the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside as a phosphoramidate involves the production of a 5′-monophosphate and the subsequent anabolism of the N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine base to generate the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine nucleoside as the 5′-monophosphate.
  • the monophosphate is then further anabolized to the active species; the 5′-triphosphate.
  • the invention is:
  • Y is NR 1 R 2 ;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CH 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR 25 , —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3
  • R 2 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CH 2 CH 3 —C(O)CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)OCH 3 , —C(O)OC 2 H 5 , —C(O)OC 3 H 7 , —C(O)OC 4 H 9 , and —C(O)OC 5 H 11 ), —(C
  • R 1 and R 2 is methyl, CH 2 F, CHF 2 or CF 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, diphosphate, triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R 3C ;
  • R 3A can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 3B can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R 3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), or —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R 12 is CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , or ethynyl.
  • the invention is:
  • Y is NR 1 R 2 ;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CH 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR 25 , —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3
  • R 2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CH 2 CH 3
  • R 1 and R 2 is methyl, CH 2 F, CHF 2 or CF 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • diphosphate triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R 3C ;
  • R 3A can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 3B can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R 3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —S-alkyl, —S-alkenyl, —S-alkynyl, —S—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —S—(C
  • R 3D is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), or —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R 5 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR 25 , —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , —C(
  • R 6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CH 2 CH 3
  • R 5 and R 6 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring
  • R 12 is CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , or ethynyl
  • R 22 is C 1 , Br, F, CN, N 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 1 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl); —ONHC( ⁇ O)OR 23 , —NHOR 24 , —OR 25 , —SR 25 , —NH(CH 2 ) 1-4 N(R 26 ) 2 , —NHNHR 26 , —N ⁇ NR 27 , —NHC(O)NHNHR 27 , —NHC(S)NHNHR 27 , —C(O)NHNHR 27 , —NR 27 SO 2 R 28
  • R 23 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle)-(C 0 -2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 24 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —(C 1 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 1 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle)-(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 25 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 26 is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 27 hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl
  • R 28 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 29 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R 27 and R 29 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring
  • R 30 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R 29 and R 30 can be bonded together to form a heterocyclic ring
  • x is 1, 2 or 3.
  • the metabolism of the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotide involves both the formation of the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside triphosphate as well as the generation of the corresponding guanine nucleoside triphosphate. See Scheme 2 and 3.
  • 2′-Deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-N 6 -substituted-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotides can be further substituted at the N 2 -position by alkylation or acylated which can modify the lipophilicity, pharmacokinetics and/or targeting of the nucleotide to the liver.
  • 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-N 6 -substituted-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotides modified at the 2-position of the diaminopurine can be dealkylated or deacylated by hepatic enzymes to further increase the specificity of the nucleotide derivatives both in vitro and in vivo, unless the N 2 -amino group is completely replaced by a different moiety, as described herein, such as fluoro.
  • nucleoside phosphoramidate 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 2 -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate is dealkylated to 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate when incubated with a human liver S9 fraction in vitro, up to 60 minutes, these conditions mimics in vivo conditions.
  • N 2 modifications will increase cell permeability and hepatitic targeting.
  • the compounds described herein are provided in the ⁇ -D-configuration.
  • the amino acid portion can be in the L- or D-configuration.
  • the compounds can be provided in a ⁇ -L-configuration.
  • any substituent group that exhibits chirality can be provided in racemic, enantiomeric, diastereomeric form or any mixture thereof.
  • a phosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate or other stabilized phosphorus prodrug in which the phosphorus exhibits chirality is used as the R 4 stabilized phosphate prodrug, it can be provided as an R or S chiral phosphorus derivative or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture. All of the combinations of these stereoconfigurations are included in the invention described herein.
  • the present invention includes a compound of Formula I-VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, salt, or prodrug thereof, as described herein:
  • the parent nucleoside i.e., the nucleoside wherein R 4 is hydrogen and the 5′-position thus has a hydroxyl group
  • the parent nucleoside is not substantially deaminated by adenosine deaminase under conditions that mimic the in vivo environment (e.g., ambient temperature and aqueous physiological pH), for a period of 7 minutes, 10 minutes, 30 minutes, 60 minutes or 120 minutes. Unless otherwise stated, the time period is 30 minutes.
  • the term “not substantially deaminated” means that the parent compound is not converted to the corresponding guanine derivative, or 6-oxo derivative, in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect in vivo.
  • Compounds, methods, and compositions are provided for the treatment of a host infected with a HCV virus via administration of an effective amount of the compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the compounds and compositions can also be used to treat related conditions such as anti-HCV antibody positive and antigen positive conditions, viral-based chronic liver inflammation, liver cancer resulting from advanced hepatitis C, cirrhosis, chronic or acute hepatitis C, fulminant hepatitis C, chronic persistent hepatitis C and anti-HCV-based fatigue.
  • the compound or formulations that include the compounds can also be used prophylactically to prevent or restrict the progression of clinical illness in individuals who are anti-HCV antibody or antigen positive or who have been exposed to hepatitis C.
  • Y, R 3 and R 4 are as defined above.
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 1 is methyl and R 2 is hydrogen.
  • both R 1 and R 2 are methyl.
  • Y, R 3 and R 4 are as defined above.
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 1 is methyl and R 2 is hydrogen.
  • both R 1 and R 2 are methyl.
  • Y, R 3 , R 4 , R 12 and R 22 are as defined above.
  • Y, R 3 , R 4 and R 22 are as defined above.
  • Y, R 3 , R 4 , and R 22 are as defined above.
  • R 41 is halogen (in particular F or Cl), OR 3 , N 3 , NH 2 or CN; and
  • the phosphorus in any of the Formulas above may be chiral and thus can be provided as an R or S enantiomer or mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture.
  • Compound 5 was separated into the enantiomer compounds 5-1 and 5-2.
  • Compound 5-2 was also prepared by chiral synthesis and assigned compound 24.
  • compounds, methods, and compositions are provided for the treatment of a host infected with or exposed to hepatitis C described herein.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered in an effective amount alone or in combination with another anti-HCV drug, to treat the infected host.
  • it is useful to administer a combination of drugs that modulates the same or a different pathway or inhibits a different target in the virus.
  • NS5B polymerase inhibitors As the disclosed ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -substituted purine nucleotides are NS5B polymerase inhibitors, it may be useful to administer the compound to a host in combination with a protease inhibitor, such as an NS3/4A protease inhibitor (for example, telaprevir (Incivek®) boceprevir (VictrelisTM) simeprevir (OlysioTM), or paritaprevir, or an NS5A inhibitor (for example, Ombitasvir).
  • a protease inhibitor such as an NS3/4A protease inhibitor (for example, telaprevir (Incivek®) boceprevir (VictrelisTM) simeprevir (OlysioTM), or paritaprevir, or an NS5A inhibitor (for example, Ombit
  • the compounds of the invention can also be administered in combination with a structurally different NS5B polymerase inhibitor such as another compound described herein or below, including Gilead's Sovaldi®.
  • NS5B polymerase inhibitor such as another compound described herein or below, including Gilead's Sovaldi®.
  • the compounds of the invention can also be administered in combination with interferon alfa-2a, which may be pegylated or otherwise modified, and/or ribavirin.
  • ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -substituted purine nucleotides of the invention are typically administered orally, for example in pill or tablet form, but may be administered via an other route which the attending physician considers appropriate, including via intravenous, transdermal, subcutaneous, topical, parenteral, or other suitable route.
  • FIG. 1 is a sample chromatogram of a semi-prep run illustrating the separation of the stereoisomers of Compound 5 using a Phenominex Luna column as disclosed in Example 9.
  • the y axis is shown in mAU and the x axis is measured in minutes.
  • FIG. 2 is a graph of the HCV replication inhibition curves for Compound 5-2 (Table 7) and Sofosbuvir.
  • the y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in ⁇ M.
  • FIG. 3 is a graph of the HCV replication inhibition curves for Compound 25 (Table 7) and Sofosbuvir.
  • the y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in ⁇ M.
  • FIG. 4 is an intra-assay comparison of the anti-HCV activity for Compounds 5-2, 25, 27 (Table 7) and Sofosbuvir.
  • the y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in ⁇ M. See, Example 27.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph that shows the stability of compounds 5-2; the N 2 -acetate of compound 5-2, the N 2 -butyrate of compound 5-2; the N 2 -methyl derivative of compound 5-2;
  • the x axis is incubation time measured in minutes and the y axis is the measurement of the percent of the parent compound remaining.
  • FIG. 6 is a graph showing the in vitro time course dealkylation of 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 2 -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate to 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate in the presence of a human liver S9 fraction.
  • the x axis is measured in minutes and the y axis is the measurement of the concentration of the compound remaining in nM.
  • FIG. 7 is a graph showing the stability of compounds 5-2; the N 2 -acetate of compound 5-2, the N 2 -butyrate of compound 5-2; the N 2 -methyl derivative of compound 5-2; and the N 2 -n-pentylcarbamate of compound 5-2 in the presence of a human liver S9 fraction.
  • the x axis is measured in minutes and the y axis is the measurement of percent compound remaining.
  • FIG. 8 shows the predominant Compound 25 metabolites generated in human hepatocytes.
  • the x axis is incubation time in hours.
  • the y axis is intracellular concentration in pmol/10 6 cells. See Example 33.
  • FIG. 9 shows the predominant Compound 27 metabolites generated in human hepatocytes.
  • the x axis is incubation time in hours.
  • the y axis is intracellular concentration in pmol/10 6 cells. See Example 33.
  • FIG. 10 shows the predominant Compound 5-2 metabolites generated in human hepatocytes.
  • the x axis is incubation time in hours.
  • the y axis is intracellular concentration in pmol/10 6 cells. See Example 33.
  • FIG. 11 is a graph showing the activation pathways for Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2.
  • Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 are converted to their corresponding monophosphate analogs which are subsequently metabolized to a common MP analog; ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine monophosphate.
  • the monophosphate is then stepwise phosphorylated to the active triphosphate: ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine triphosphate. See Example 33.
  • the invention disclosed herein is a compound, method, and composition for the treatment of infections in or exposure to humans and other host animals of the HCV virus that includes the administration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VII as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compounds of this invention either possess antiviral activity, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity.
  • the compounds and compositions can also be used to treat conditions related to or occurring as a result of a HCV viral exposure.
  • the active compound can be used to treat HCV antibody positive and HCV antigen positive conditions, viral-based chronic liver inflammation, liver cancer resulting from advanced hepatitis C, cirrhosis, acute hepatitis C, fulminant hepatitis C, chronic persistent hepatitis C, and anti-HCV-based fatigue.
  • the compounds or formulations that include the compounds can also be used prophylactically to prevent or retard the progression of clinical illness in individuals who are HCV antibody or HCV antigen positive or who have been exposed to hepatitis C.
  • the compounds described herein are provided in the ⁇ -D-configuration.
  • the compounds can be provided in a ⁇ -L-configuration.
  • any substituent group that exhibits chirality can be provided in racemic, enantiomeric, diastereomeric form or any mixture thereof.
  • a phosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate or other stabilized phosphorus prodrug in which the phosphorus exhibits chirality is used as the R 4 stabilized phosphate prodrug, it can be provided as an R or S chiral phosphorus derivative or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture.
  • the amino acid of the phosphoramidate or thiophosphoramidate can be in the D- or L-configuration, or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture. All of the combinations of these stereo configurations are included in the invention described herein.
  • the present invention includes the following features:
  • active compounds of the invention are those depicted, for example, in Formula I, which can be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, salt or prodrug thereof:
  • Y is NR 1 R 2 ;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CH 2 F, CH 2 F, CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CH 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR 25 , —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3
  • R 2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CH 2 F, CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , C(O)CH 2 CH 3 —C(
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • diphosphate triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R 3C ;
  • R 3A can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 3B can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R 3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), or —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R 12 is CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , or ethynyl.
  • a stabilized phosphate prodrug is any moiety that can deliver a mono, di, or triphosphate.
  • Y, R 3 and R 4 are as defined above.
  • Y, R 3 and R 4 are as defined above.
  • the compound is according to Formula Ic:
  • R 7 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or aryl, which includes, but is not limited to, phenyl or naphthyl, where phenyl or naphthyl are optionally substituted with C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, F, Cl, Br, I, nitro, cyano, C 1-6 haloalkyl, —N(R 7′ ) 2 , C 1-6 acylamino, NHSO 2 C 1-6 alkyl, —SO 2 N(R 7′ ) 2 , COR 7′ , and —SO 2 C 1-6 alkyl; (R 7′ is independently hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl; R 7′′ is —OR 11 or —N(R 7 ) 2 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, or R 9a or R 9b and R 8 together are (CH 2 ) n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms; where n is 2 to 4;
  • R 9a and R 9b are (i) independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, —(CH 2 ) c (NR 9′ ) 2 , C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl, —CH 2 SH, —(CH 2 ) 2 S(O)(Me, —(CH 2 ) 3 NHC(—NH)NH 2 , (1H-indol-3-yl)methyl, (1H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl, —(CH 2 ) c COR 9′′ , aryl and aryl(C 1-3 alkyl)-, the aryl groups can be optionally substituted with a group selected from hydroxyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, halogen, nitro and cyano; (ii) R 9a and R 9b both are C 1-6 alkyl; (iii) R 9a and R 9b together are (CH 2 ) r so as to form a spiro
  • R 10 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with an alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, or halogen, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aminoacyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 11 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; an optionally substituted C 2-6 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 2-6 alkenyl, or optionally substituted acyl, which includes but is not limited to C(O)(C 1-6 alkyl); and
  • Y, R 3 and R 12 are as defined herein.
  • Y is NR 1 R 2 ;
  • R 1 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CH 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR 25 , —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3
  • R 2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CH 2 CH 3
  • R 1 and R 2 is methyl, CH 2 F, CHF 2 or CF 3 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, diphosphate, triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R 3C ;
  • R 3A can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 3B can be selected from O ⁇ , OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R 3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —S-alkyl, —S-alkenyl, —S-alkynyl, —S—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —S—(C
  • R 3D is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), or —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R 5 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CHF 2 , CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR 25 , —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , —C(
  • R 6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 5 alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C 1 -C 5 haloalkyl (including CHF 2 , CH 2 F, CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 and CF 2 CF 3 ), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R 3C (including —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)CH 2 CH 3 —
  • R 5 and R 6 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring
  • R 12 is CH 3 , CH 2 F, CHF 2 , CF 3 , or ethynyl
  • R 22 is C 1 , Br, F, CN, N 3 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 1 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl); —ONHC( ⁇ O)OR 23 , —NHOR 24 , —OR 25 , —SR 25 , —NH(CH 2 ) 1-4 N(R 26 ) 2 , —NHNHR 26 , —N ⁇ NR 27 , —NHC(O)NHNHR 27 , —NHC(S)NHNHR 27 , —C(O)NHNHR 27 , —NR 27 SO 2 R 28
  • R 23 is C 1 -C 5 alkyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle)-(C 0 -2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 24 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —(C 1 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 1 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle)-(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 25 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 26 is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 27 hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl
  • R 28 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R 29 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R 27 and R 29 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring
  • R 30 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 C 6 cycloalkyl), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 6 heterocycle), —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl) or —(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R 29 and R 30 can be bonded together to form a heterocyclic ring
  • x is 1, 2 or 3.
  • Y, R 3 , R 4 and R 22 are as defined above.
  • Y, R 3 , R 4 and R 22 are as defined above.
  • the compound is a ⁇ -D isomer with reference to the corresponding nucleoside (i.e., in the naturally occurring configuration).
  • the compound is provided as a ⁇ -L isomer.
  • the compound is typically at least 90% free of the opposite enantiomer, and can be at least 98%, 99% or even 100% free of the opposite enantiomer. Unless described otherwise, the compound is at least 90% free of the opposite enantiomer.
  • the compound is according to Formula III:
  • R 7 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or aryl, which includes, but is not limited to, phenyl or naphthyl, where phenyl or naphthyl are optionally substituted with C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, F, Cl, Br, I, nitro, cyano, C 1-6 haloalkyl, —N(R 7′ ) 2 , C 1-6 acylamino, NHSO 2 C 1-6 alkyl, —SO 2 N(R 7′ ) 2 , COR 7′ , and —SO 2 C 1-6 alkyl; (R 7′ is independently hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl; R 7′′ is —OR 11 or —N(R 7 ) 2 );
  • R 8 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, or R 9′ or R 9b and R 8 together are (CH 2 ) n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms; where n is 2 to 4;
  • R 9a and R 9b are (i) independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, —(CH 2 ) c (NR 9′ ) 2 , C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl, —CH 2 SH, —(CH 2 ) 2 S(O)(Me, —(CH 2 ) 3 NHC(—NH)NH 2 , (1H-indol-3-yl)methyl, (1H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl, —(CH 2 ) c COR 9′′ , aryl and aryl(C 1-3 alkyl)-, the aryl groups can be optionally substituted with a group selected from hydroxyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, halogen, nitro and cyano; (ii) R 9a and R 9b both are C 1-6 alkyl; (iii) R 9a and R 9b together are (CH 2 ) r so as to form a spiro
  • R 10 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with an alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, or halogen, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aminoacyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R 11 is an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; an optionally substituted C 2-6 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C 2-6 alkenyl, or optionally substituted acyl, which includes but is not limited to C(O)(C 1-6 alkyl); and
  • Y, R 3 R 12 and R 22 are as defined above.
  • compounds, methods, and compositions are provided for the treatment of a host infected with or exposed to hepatitis C.
  • R 41 is halogen (in particular F or Cl), OR 3 (including OH), N 3 , NH 2 or CN; and
  • the metabolism of the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate involves the production of a 5′-monophosphate and the subsequent anabolism of the N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine base to generate the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine nucleoside as the 5′-monophosphate.
  • the monophosphate is then further anabolized to the active species; the 5′-triphosphate.
  • the metabolic pathway for the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate is illustrated in Scheme 1 below.
  • the metabolism of the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotide involves both the formation of the ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside triphosphate as well as the generation of the corresponding guanine nucleoside triphosphate. These metabolic pathways are illustrated in Schemes 2 and 3 below.
  • Stabilized phosphate prodrugs are moieties that can deliver a mono, di, or triphosphate in vivo.
  • McGuigan has disclosed phosphoramidates in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,933,053; 8,759,318; 8,658,616; 8,263,575; 8,119,779; 7,951,787 and 7,115,590.
  • Alios has disclosed thiophosphoramidates in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,895,723 and 8,871,737 incorporated by reference herein.
  • Alios has also disclosed cyclic nucleotides in U.S. Pat. No. 8,772,474 incorporated by reference herein.
  • Idenix has disclosed cyclic phosphoramidates and phosphoramidate/SATE derivatives in WO 2013/177219 incorporated by reference herein. Idenix has also disclosed substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds in WO 2013/039920 incorporated by reference herein.
  • Hostetler has disclosed lipid phosphate prodrugs, see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,517,858. Hostetler has also disclosed lipid conjugates of phosphonate prodrugs, see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,889,658; 8,846,643; 8,710,030; 8,309,565; 8,008,308; and 7,790,703.
  • Emory University has disclosed nucleotide sphingoid and lipid derivatives in WO 2014/124430.
  • RFS Pharma has disclosed purine nucleoside monophosphate prodrugs in WO 2010/091386.
  • Cocrystal Pharma Inc. has also disclosed purine nucleoside monophosphate prodrugs in U.S. Pat. No. 9,173,893 incorporated by reference herein.
  • HepDirectTM technology is disclosed in the article “Design, Synthesis, and Characterization of a Series of Cytochrome P(450) 3A-Activated Prodrugs (HepDirect Prodrugs) Useful for Targeting Phosph(on)ate-Based Drugs to the Liver,” (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 126, 5154-5163 (2004).
  • Additional phosphate prodrugs include, but are not limited to phosphate esters, 3′,5′-cyclic phosphates including CycloSAL, SATE derivatives (S-acyl-2thioesters) and DTE (dithiodiethyl) prodrugs.
  • phosphate esters 3′,5′-cyclic phosphates including CycloSAL, SATE derivatives (S-acyl-2thioesters) and DTE (dithiodiethyl) prodrugs.
  • CycloSAL SATE derivatives
  • S-acyl-2thioesters S-acyl-2thioesters
  • DTE dithiodiethyl prodrugs
  • the stabilized phosphate prodrugs include, but are not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 9,173,893 and 8,609,627, incorporated by reference herein, including for processes of preparation.
  • 5′-prodrugs of Formula I-V can be represented by the group:
  • 3′,5′-prodrugs of Formula I-V can be represented by the group:
  • Z is O or S
  • R 33 is selected from OR 34 , and fatty alcohol derived (for example but not limited to:
  • R 34 , R 35 , and R 36 are as defined below;
  • R 31 and R 32 when administered in vivo, are capable of providing the nucleoside monophosphate or thiomonophosphate, which may or may not be partially or fully resistant to 6-NH 2 deamination in a biological system.
  • R 31 and R 32 are independently selected from: (a) OR 34 where R 34 is selected from H, Li, Na, K, phenyl and pyridinyl; phenyl and pyridinyl are substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (CH 2 ) 0-6 CO 2 R 37 and (CH 2 ) 0-6 CON(R 37 ) 2 ; R 37 is independently H, C 1-20 alkyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty alcohol (such as oleyl alcohol, octacosanol, triacontanol, linoleyl alcohol, and etc) or C 1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridiny
  • R 36 is restricted to those sidechains occurring in natural L-amino acids, and R 35 is H, C 1-20 alkyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty alcohol (such as oleyl alcohol, octacosanol, triacontanol, linoleyl alcohol, and etc) or C 1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl; wherein the substituents are C 1-5 alkyl, or C 1-5 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, or cyclo
  • R 38 is H, C 1-20 alkyl, C 1-20 alkenyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty alcohol (such as oleyl alcohol, octacosanol, triacontanol, linoleyl alcohol, etc) or C 1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl; wherein the substituents are C 1-5 alkyl, or C 1-5 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl; (e) R 31 and R 32 can
  • R 39 is O or NH and R 40 is selected from H, C 1-20 alkyl, C 1-20 alkenyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty acid (such as oleic acid, linoleic acid, and the like), and C 1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl; wherein the substituents are C 1-5 alkyl, or C 1-5 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C 3-10 cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl.
  • the compounds can be prepared, for example, by preparing the 5′-OH analogs, then converting these to the monophosphate analogs.
  • the compound has an R 22 substituent.
  • the R 22 is F, amide or carbamate.
  • R 22 is chloro, bromo, cyano, azido, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimtheylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 1-ethylpropyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, acetylenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, —(CH 2 )-cyclopropyl, —(CH 2 )-cyclobutyl, —(CH
  • an L-nucleoside is used in Formula I-VII.
  • Formula I R 12 variable is CH 2 F.
  • the Formula I R 12 variable is CHF 2 .
  • the Formula I R 12 variable is CF 3 .
  • a compound of Formula Ia is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula Ia include:
  • thiophosphoramidate of Formula Ia is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of thiophosphoramidates of Formula Ia include, but are not limited to:
  • a stabilized phosphate prodrug of Formula Ia is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of stabilized phosphate prodrugs of Formula Ia are illustrated below:
  • a compound of Formula Ia is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula Ia include:
  • thiophosphoramidate of Formula Ia is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of thiophosphoramidates of Formula Ia include, but are not limited to:
  • a stabilized phosphate prodrug of Formula Ia is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of stabilized phosphate prodrugs of Formula Ia are illustrated below:
  • a compound of Formula II is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • a compound of Formula I is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula I include:
  • a compound of Formula II is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • R 4 is
  • a compound of Formula II is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • R 3 is H and R 4 is
  • R 3 is H and R 4 is
  • R 3 is H and R 4 is
  • a compound of Formula II is provided.
  • Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • R 3 is H and R 4 is
  • R 3 is H and R 4 is
  • R 3 is H and R 4 is
  • R 1 is CH 3
  • R 2 is H
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is CH 3
  • R 2 is H
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is CH 3
  • R 2 is H
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is CH 3
  • R 2 is CH 3
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is CH 3
  • R 2 is CH 3
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is CH 3
  • R 2 is CH 3
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is cyclopropyl
  • R 2 is CH 3
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is cyclopropyl
  • R 2 is CH 3
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • R 1 is cyclopropyl
  • R 2 is CH 3
  • R 3 is H
  • R 4 is
  • alkyl shall mean within its context, a linear, or branch-chained fully saturated hydrocarbon radical or alkyl group which can be optionally substituted (for example, with halogen, including F).
  • an alkyl group can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 8 alkyl), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 6 alkyl) or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 4 alkyl).
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group which contains at least one double bond between adjacent carbon atoms and a similar structure to an alkyl group as otherwise described herein.
  • an alkenyl group can have 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 8 alkenyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 4 alkenyl).
  • suitable alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl or vinyl (—CH ⁇ CH 2 ), allyl (—CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 ), 1-butenyl (—C ⁇ CH—CH 2 CH 3 ) and 2-butenyl (—CH 2 CH ⁇ CHCH 2 ).
  • the alkenyl group can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • alkynyl refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one triple bond between adjacent carbon atoms and a similar structure to an alkyl group as otherwise described herein.
  • an alkynyl group can have 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 8 alkyne,), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 4 alkynyl).
  • alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetylenic or ethynyl and propargyl.
  • the alkynyl group can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • acyl refers to the moiety —C(O)R in which the carbonyl moiety is bonded to R, for example, —C(O)alkyl.
  • R can be selected from alkoxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, lower alkyl (i.e., C 1 -C 4 ); alkoxyalkyl, including methoxymethyl; aralkyl—including benzyl, aryloxyalkyl—such as phenoxymethyl; aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkoxy.
  • the term “acyl” refers to a mono, di or triphosphate.
  • lower acyl refers to an acyl group in which the carbonyl moiety is lower alkyl (i.e., C 1 -C 4 ).
  • alkoxy refers to the group —OR′ where —OR′ is —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O— alkynyl, —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(cycloalkyl), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heterocyclo), —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(aryl), or —O—(C 0 -C 2 )(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted.
  • amino refers to the group —NH 2 .
  • amino acid or “amino acid residue” refers to a D- or L-natural or non-naturally occurring amino acid.
  • Representative amino acids include, but are not limited to, alanine, ⁇ -alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine, among others.
  • azido refers to the group —N 3 .
  • aryl or “aromatic”, in context, refers to a substituted (as otherwise described herein) or unsubstituted monovalent aromatic radical having a single ring (e.g., phenyl or benzyl) or condensed rings (e.g., naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, etc.) and can be bound to the compound according to the present invention at any available stable position on the ring(s) or as otherwise indicated in the chemical structure presented.
  • the aryl group can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a saturated (i.e., cycloalkyl) or partially unsaturated (e.g., cycloakenyl, cycloalkadienyl, etc.) ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle.
  • Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 7 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, and 1-cyclo-hex-3-enyl.
  • cyano refers to the group —CN.
  • halogen refers to chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo.
  • a heteroaryl ring system is a saturated or unsaturated ring with one or more nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms in the ring (monocyclic) including but not limited to imidazole, furyl, pyrrole, furanyl, thiene, thiazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, purine, pyrazine, triazole, oxazole, or fused ring systems such as indole, quinoline, etc., among others, which may be optionally substituted as described above.
  • Heteroaryl groups include nitrogen-containing heteroaryl groups such as pyrrole, pyridine, pyridone, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrazole, imidazole, triazole, triazine, tetrazole, indole, isoindole, indolizine, purine, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinolizine, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, imidazopyridine, imidazotriazine, pyrazinopyridazine, acridine, phenanthridine, carbazole, carbazoline, perimidine, phenanthroline, phenacene, oxadiazole, benzimidazole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine and pyridopyrimidine; sulfur-
  • heterocycle refers to a cyclic group which contains at least one heteroatom, i.e., O, N, or S, and may be aromatic (heteroaryl) or non-aromatic.
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic groups for use in the present invention include, for example, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, oxathiolanyl, pyridone, 2-pyrrolidone, ethyleneurea, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, phthalimide, and succinimide, among others, all of which may be optionally substituted.
  • hydroxyl refers to the group —OH.
  • nitro refers to the group —NO 2 .
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug is used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as an ester, phosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate, phosphate ester, salt of an ester, or a related group) of a ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide which, upon administration to a patient, provides the desired active compound.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable form such as an ester, phosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate, phosphate ester, salt of an ester, or a related group
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartrate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, ⁇ -ketoglutarate, and ⁇ -glycerophosphate.
  • Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion.
  • Alkali metal for example, sodium, potassium, or lithium
  • alkaline earth metal for example calcium
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug” refers to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention.
  • Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound.
  • Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated, thiophoshoramidated, dethiophoshoramidated, phoshoramidated or dephosphoramidated to produce the active compound.
  • the compounds of this invention possess antiviral activity against HCV, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity.
  • the ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleoside can also be administered as a 5′-phosphoether lipid, a bisphosphoramidate, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphoramidate, a 3′,5′-cyclic thiophosphoramidate, a DTE conjugate, a mixed phosphoramidate-SATE derivative or a “SATE” derivative.
  • phosphonic acid refers to the group —P(O)(OH) 2 .
  • the term purine or pyrimidine base includes, but is not limited to, adenine, N 6 -alkylpurines, N 6 -acylpurines (wherein acyl is —C(O)alkyl, —C(O)(aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl, or —C(O)(C 0 -C 4 alkyl)aryl), N 6 -benzylpurine, N 6 -halopurine, N 6 -vinylpurine, N 6 -acetylenic purine, N 6 -acyl purine, N 6 -hydroxyalkyl purine, N 6 -thioalkyl purine, N 2 -alkylpurines, N 2 -alkyl-6-thiopurines, thymine, cytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, 5-methylcytosine, 6-azapyrimidine, including 6-azacytosine, 2- and/or 4-mercaptopyrmidine, uracil
  • Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 2,6-diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired. Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include benzyl, trimethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl; methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl. Alternatively, the purine or pyrimidine base can optionally be substituted such that it forms a viable prodrug, which can be cleaved in vivo. Examples of appropriate substituents include an acyl moiety.
  • substituted or “optionally substituted” indicates that the moiety can have at least one additional substituent including, but not limited to, halogen (F, Cl, Br, I), OH, phenyl, benzyl, N 3 , CN, acyl, alkyl, including methyl; alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl; including CHF 2 , CH 2 F and CF 3 ; etc.
  • the term “substituted” or “optionally substituted” indicates that the moiety can have at least one additional substituent including, but not limited to, azido, cyano, halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo), alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, amino, —NH(C 1 -C 6 unsubstituted alkyl), —NH(C 1 -C 6 substituted alkyl), —NH—(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl), —NH—(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(C 3 -C 8 heterocycle), —NH—(C 0 -C 2 alkyl)(aryl), —N(C 1 -C 6 unsubstituted alkyl) 2 ,
  • sulfonate esters represented by the formula, R 14 S(O) 2 OR 15 , comprise R 14 wherein R 14 is alkyl, haloalkyl, aralkyl or aryl. R 15 is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl.
  • sulfonic acid refers to the group —SO 2 OH.
  • thiol refers to the group —SH.
  • nitrogen-protecting group refers to a moiety that is covalently attached to nitrogen and which can be removed, and typically replaced with hydrogen, when appropriate.
  • a nitrogen-protecting group may be a group that is removed in vivo after administration to a host, in vitro by a cell, or it may be removed during a manufacturing process.
  • Suitable nitrogen-protecting groups useful in the present invention are described by Greene and Wuts in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1991) New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
  • oxygen-protecting group refers to a moiety that is covalently attached to oxygen and which can be removed, and typically replaced with hydrogen, when appropriate.
  • an oxygen-protecting group may be a group that is removed in vivo after administration to a host, in vitro by a cell, or it may be removed during a manufacturing process.
  • Suitable oxygen-protecting groups useful in the present invention are described by Greene and Wuts in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1991) New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
  • Phosphate refers to the group —OP(O)(OH) 2 .
  • Phosphate ester refers to mono, di, and tri phosphates unless otherwise indicated.
  • phosphoamidate is a moiety that has a phosphorus bound to three oxygen groups and an amine (which may optionally be substituted).
  • Suitable phosphoramidates useful in the present invention are described by Madela, Karolina and McGuigan in 2012, “Progress in the development of anti-hepatitis C virus nucleoside and nucleotide prodrugs”, Future Medicinal Chemistry 4(5), pages 625-650 10:1021/jm300074y and Anthony, McGuigan and Balzarini in 2004, “Aryloxy Phosphoramidate Triesters as Pro-Tides”, Mini Reviews in Medicinal Chemistry 4(4), pages 371-381.
  • Phosphoramidate groups for use in the present invention include those of the structures:
  • phosphoramidates for use in the present invention include those of the structure:
  • R P1 is an optionally substituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic group or a linked combination thereof;
  • R P2 is a —NR N1 R N2 group or a B′ group
  • R N1 and R N2 are each independently H, C 1-8 alkyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-; which may be optionally substituted; or
  • R N1 and R N2 along with the nitrogen atom to which that are attached, join to form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring;
  • R 16 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, ⁇ -alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine
  • R 17 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, ⁇ -alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine
  • R 18 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl
  • R 16 and R 17 can form a (C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl or (C 3 -C 7 )heterocyclic group; or
  • R 18 and R 16 or R 17 can form (C 3 -C 6 )heterocyclic group
  • R 19 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )alkenyl, (C 3 -C 6 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-; or
  • R 20 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-;
  • R 21 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 3 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-; and
  • R 18 and R 10 are as defined above.
  • R P1 groups include optionally substituted phenyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl groups, especially those groups (particularly lipophilic groups) which enhance bioavailability of the compounds in the cells of the patient and which exhibit reduced toxicity, enhanced therapeutic index and enhanced pharmacokinetics (the compounds are metabolized and excreted more slowly).
  • phosphoramidate is used throughout the specification to describe a group that is found at the 5′ or 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and forms a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound.
  • phosphoramidates can be found at both the 5′ and 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound.
  • the phosphoramidate found at the 5′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside can form a cyclic phosphoramidate compound by forming a bond with the 3′-hydroxyl substituent at the 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound.
  • thiophosphoamidate is a moiety that has a phosphorus bound to sulfur, two oxygen groups and an amine (which may optionally be substituted).
  • Thiophosphoramidates useful in the present invention are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,772,474 and WO 2012/040124.
  • Thiophosphoramidate groups for use in the present invention include those of the structures:
  • thiophosphoramidates include those of the structure:
  • R P1 is an optionally substituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic group or a linked combination thereof;
  • R P2 is a —NR N1 R N2 group or a B′ group
  • R N1 and R N2 are each independently H, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-; or
  • R N1 and R N2 along with the nitrogen atom to which that are attached, join to form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring;
  • R 16 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, ⁇ -alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine
  • R 17 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 8 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 8 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, ⁇ -alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine
  • R 18 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl
  • R 16 and R 17 can form a (C 3 -C 7 )cycloalkyl or (C 3 -C 7 )heterocyclic group; or
  • R 18 and R 16 or R 17 can form (C 3 -C 6 ) heterocyclic group
  • R 19 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )alkenyl, (C 3 -C 6 )alkynyl, (C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (aryl)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (C 3 -C 6 heterocyclo)C 0 -C 4 alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C 0 -C 4 alky-; or
  • R 18 , R 19 , R 20 and R 21 are as defined above.
  • R P1 groups include optionally substituted phenyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl groups, especially those groups (particularly lipophilic groups) which enhance bioavailability of the compounds into the cells of the patient and which exhibit reduced toxicity, enhanced therapeutic index and enhanced pharmacokinetics (the compounds are metabolized and excreted more slowly).
  • the thiophosphoramidate can be at the 5′ or 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound to form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound. In one embodiment, thiophosphoramidates can be found at both the 5′ and 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound.
  • the thiophosphoramidate found at the 5′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside can form a cyclic thiophosphoramidate compound by forming a bond with the 3′-hydroxyl substituent at the 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound.
  • D-configuration refers to the principle configuration which mimics the natural configuration of sugar moieties as opposed to the unnatural occurring nucleosides or “L” configuration.
  • ⁇ or “ ⁇ anomer” is used with reference to nucleoside analogs in which the nucleoside base is configured (disposed) above the plane of the furanose moiety in the nucleoside analog.
  • administer and “coadministration” or combination therapy are used to describe the administration of at least one of the 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-nucleoside compounds according to the present invention in combination with at least one other active agent, for example where appropriate at least one additional anti-HCV agent, including other 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-nucleoside agents which are disclosed herein.
  • the timing of the coadministration is best determined by the medical specialist treating the patient. It is sometimes preferred that the agents be administered at the same time. Alternatively, the drugs selected for combination therapy may be administered at different times to the patient. Of course, when more than one viral or other infection or other condition is present, the present compounds may be combined with other agents to treat that other infection or condition as required.
  • the term “host”, as used herein, refers to a unicellular or multicellular organism in which a HCV virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and typically a human.
  • the term host specifically refers to infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of a HCV genome, and animals, in particular, primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications of the present invention, the host is a human patient.
  • Veterinary applications in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention (such as chimpanzees).
  • the host can be for example, bovine, equine, avian, canine, feline, etc.
  • the present invention includes compounds and the use of compounds with desired isotopic substitutions of atoms, at amounts above the natural abundance of the isotope, i.e., enriched.
  • Isotopes are atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers, i.e., the same number of protons but a different number of neutrons.
  • isotopes of hydrogen for example, deuterium ( 2 H) and tritium ( 3 H) may be used anywhere in described structures.
  • isotopes of carbon e.g., 13 C and 14 C, may be used.
  • a preferred isotopic substitution is deuterium for hydrogen at one or more locations on the molecule to improve the performance of the drug.
  • the deuterium can be bound in a location of bond breakage during metabolism (an ⁇ -deuterium kinetic isotope effect) or next to or near the site of bond breakage (a ⁇ -deuterium kinetic isotope effect).
  • Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (WO/2014/169278 and WO/2014/169280) describes deuteration of nucleotides to improve their pharmacokinetics or pharmacodynamics, including at the 5-position of the molecule.
  • substitution with isotopes such as deuterium can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • Substitution of deuterium for hydrogen at a site of metabolic break down can reduce the rate of or eliminate the metabolism at that bond.
  • the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including protium ( 1 H), deuterium ( 2 H) and tritium ( 3 H).
  • isotopically-labeled refers to an analog that is a “deuterated analog”, a “ 13 C-labeled analog,” or a “deuterated/ 13 C-labeled analog.”
  • deuterated analog means a compound described herein, whereby a H-isotope, i.e., hydrogen/protium ( 1 H), is substituted by a H-isotope, i.e., deuterium ( 2 H).
  • Deuterium substitution can be partial or complete. Partial deuterium substitution means that at least one hydrogen is substituted by at least one deuterium.
  • the isotope is 90, 95 or 99% or more enriched in an isotope at any location of interest. In some embodiments it is deuterium that is 90, 95 or 99% enriched at a desired location. Unless indicated to the contrary, the deuteration is at least 80% at the selected location. Deuteration of the nucleoside can occur at any replaceable hydrogen that provides the desired results.
  • Treatment refers to the administration of an active compound to a host that is infected with a HCV virus.
  • prophylactic or preventative when used, refers to the administration of an active compound to prevent or reduce the likelihood of an occurrence of the viral disorder.
  • the present invention includes both treatment and prophylactic or preventative therapies.
  • the active compound is administered to a host who has been exposed to and thus at risk of infection by a hepatitis C virus infection.
  • the invention is directed to a method of treatment or prophylaxis of a hepatitis C virus, including drug resistant and multidrug resistant forms of HCV and related disease states, conditions, or complications of an HCV infection, including cirrhosis and related hepatotoxicities, as well as other conditions that are secondary to a HCV infection, such as weakness, loss of appetite, weight loss, breast enlargement (especially in men), rash (especially on the palms), difficulty with clotting of blood, spider-like blood vessels on the skin, confusion, coma (encephalopathy), buildup of fluid in the abdominal cavity (ascites), esophageal varices, portal hypertension, kidney failure, enlarged spleen, decrease in blood cells, anemia, thrombocytopenia, jaundice, and hepatocellular cancer, among others.
  • the method comprises administering to a host in need thereof an effective amount of at least one ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -substituted purine nucleotide as described herein, optionally in combination with at least one additional bioactive agent, for example, an additional anti-HCV agent, further in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier additive and/or excipient.
  • additional bioactive agent for example, an additional anti-HCV agent
  • the present invention is a method for prevention or prophylaxis of a an HCV infection or a disease state or related or follow-on disease state, condition or complication of an HCV infection, including cirrhosis and related hepatotoxicities, weakness, loss of appetite, weight loss, breast enlargement (especially in men), rash (especially on the palms), difficulty with clotting of blood, spider-like blood vessels on the skin, confusion, coma (encephalopathy), buildup of fluid in the abdominal cavity (ascites), esophageal varices, portal hypertension, kidney failure, enlarged spleen, decrease in blood cells, anemia, thrombocytopenia, jaundice, and hepatocellular (liver) cancer, among others, said method comprising administering to a patient at risk with an effective amount of at least one compound according to the present invention as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive, or excipient, optionally in combination with another anti-HCV agent.
  • the present invention comprising administering
  • the 5′-stabilized ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -substituted purine nucleotide can be administered if desired as any salt or prodrug that upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing directly or indirectly the parent compound, or that exhibits activity itself.
  • Nonlimiting examples are the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and a compound, which has been modified at a function group, such as a hydroxyl or amine function, to modify the biological activity, pharmacokinetics, half-life, controlled delivery, lipophilicity, absorption kinetics, ease of phosphorylation to the active 5′-triphosphate or efficiency of delivery using a desired route of administration; of the compound.
  • Methods to modify the properties of an active compound to achieve target properties are known to those of skill in the art or can easily be assessed by standard methods, for example, acylation, phosphorylation, thiophosphoramidation, phosphoramidation, phosphonation, alkylation, or pegylation.
  • compositions according to the present invention comprise an anti-HCV virus effective amount of at least one of the 5′-stabilized ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds described herein, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive, or excipient, further optionally in combination or alternation with at least one other active compound.
  • compositions according to the present invention comprise an anti-HCV effective amount of at least one of the active ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds described herein, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive, or excipient, further optionally in combination with at least one other antiviral, such as an anti-HCV agent.
  • the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions that include an effective amount to treat a hepatitis C virus infection, of one of the ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds of the present invention or its salt or prodrug, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions that include an effective amount to prevent a hepatitis C virus infection, of one of the ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds of the present invention or its salt or prodrug, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • a therapeutically effective amount will vary with the infection or condition to be treated, its severity, the treatment regimen to be employed, the pharmacokinetics of the agent used, as well as the patient or subject (animal or human) to be treated, and such therapeutic amount can be determined by the attending physician or specialist.
  • the 5′-stabilized ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified —N 6 -substituted purine nucleotide compounds according to the present invention can be formulated in an admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier In general, it is preferable to administer the pharmaceutical composition in orally-administrable form, but certain formulations may be administered via a parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, topical, transdermal, buccal, subcutaneous, suppository, or other route, including intranasal spray. Intravenous and intramuscular formulations are often administered in sterile saline.
  • the prodrug form of the compounds especially including acylated (acetylated or other), and ether (alkyl and related) derivatives, phosphate esters, thiophosphoramidates, phosphoramidates, and various salt forms of the present compounds, are preferred.
  • acylated (acetylated or other) and ether (alkyl and related) derivatives, phosphate esters, thiophosphoramidates, phosphoramidates, and various salt forms of the present compounds.
  • ether alkyl and related derivatives
  • phosphate esters thiophosphoramidates
  • phosphoramidates phosphoramidates
  • various salt forms of the present compounds are preferred.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize how to readily modify the present compounds to prodrug forms to facilitate delivery of active compounds to a targeted site within the host organism or patient.
  • the routineer also will take advantage of favorable pharmacokinetic parameters of the prodrug forms, where applicable, in delivering the present compounds
  • the amount of compound included within therapeutically active formulations according to the present invention is an effective amount for treating the HCV infection, reducing the likelihood of a HCV infection or the inhibition, reduction, and/or abolition of HCV or its secondary effects, including disease states, conditions, and/or complications which occur secondary to HCV.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of the present compound in pharmaceutical dosage form usually ranges from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg per day or more, more often, slightly less than about 0.1 mg/kg to more than about 25 mg/kg per day of the patient or considerably more, depending upon the compound used, the condition or infection treated and the route of administration.
  • the active nucleoside compound according to the present invention is often administered in amounts ranging from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg per day of the patient, depending upon the pharmacokinetics of the agent in the patient.
  • This dosage range generally produces effective blood level concentrations of active compound which may range from about 0.001 to about 100, about 0.05 to about 100 micrograms/cc of blood in the patient.
  • compositions will be administered in oral dosage form in amounts ranging from about 250 micrograms up to about 500 mg or more at least once a day, for example, at least 25, 50, 100, 150, 250 or 500 milligrams, up to four times a day.
  • present compounds are often administered orally, but may be administered parenterally, topically, or in suppository form, as well as intranasally, as a nasal spray or as otherwise described herein.
  • the amount of the compound according to the present invention to be administered ranges from about 0.01 mg/kg of the patient to about 500 mg/kg. or more of the patient or considerably more, depending upon the second agent to be co-administered and its potency against the virus, the condition of the patient and severity of the disease or infection to be treated and the route of administration.
  • the other anti-HCV agent may for example be administered in amounts ranging from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg.
  • these compounds may be often administered in an amount ranging from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg or more (usually up to about 100 mg/kg), generally depending upon the pharmacokinetics of the two agents in the patient. These dosage ranges generally produce effective blood level concentrations of active compound in the patient.
  • a prophylactically or preventive effective amount of the compositions according to the present invention falls within the same concentration range as set forth above for therapeutically effective amount and is usually the same as a therapeutically effective amount.
  • Administration of the active compound may range from continuous (intravenous drip) to several oral or intranasal administrations per day (for example, Q.I.D.) or transdermal administration and may include oral, topical, parenteral, intramuscular, intravenous, sub-cutaneous, transdermal (which may include a penetration enhancement agent), buccal, and suppository administration, among other routes of administration.
  • Enteric coated oral tablets may also be used to enhance bioavailability of the compounds for an oral route of administration.
  • the most effective dosage form will depend upon the bioavailability/pharmacokinetics of the particular agent chosen as well as the severity of disease in the patient. Oral dosage forms are particularly preferred, because of ease of administration and prospective favorable patient compliance.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds according to the present invention is often intimately admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques to produce a dose.
  • a carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral.
  • any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be used.
  • suitable carriers and additives including water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, and the like may be used.
  • suitable carriers and additives including starches, sugar carriers, such as dextrose, manifold, lactose, and related carriers, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be used.
  • the tablets or capsules may be enteric-coated or sustained release by standard techniques. The use of these dosage forms may significantly enhance the bioavailability of the compounds in the patient.
  • the carrier will usually comprise sterile water or aqueous sodium chloride solution, though other ingredients, including those which aid dispersion, also may be included.
  • sterile water is to be used and maintained as sterile, the compositions and carriers must also be sterilized.
  • injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents, and the like may be employed.
  • Liposomal suspensions may also be prepared by conventional methods to produce pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. This may be appropriate for the delivery of free nucleosides, acyl/alkyl nucleosides or phosphate ester prodrug forms of the nucleoside compounds according to the present invention.
  • the compounds and compositions are used to treat, prevent or delay a HCV infection or a secondary disease state, condition or complication of HCV.
  • Drug resistance most typically occurs by mutation of a gene that encodes for an enzyme used in viral replication.
  • the efficacy of a drug against an HCV infection can be prolonged, augmented, or restored by administering the compound in combination or alternation with another, and perhaps even two or three other, antiviral compounds that induce a different mutation or act through a different pathway, from that of the principle drug.
  • the pharmacokinetics, bio distribution, half-life, or other parameter of the drug can be altered by such combination therapy (which may include alternation therapy if considered concerted).
  • ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -substituted purine nucleotides are NSSB polymerase inhibitors, it may be useful to administer the compound to a host in combination with, for example a:
  • Protease inhibitor such as an NS3/4A protease inhibitor
  • Interferon alfa-2a which may be pegylated or otherwise modified, and/or ribavirin;
  • iRNA including microRNA and SiRNA
  • Non limiting examples of anti-HCV agents that can be administered in combination with the ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -substituted purine nucleotides of the invention are:
  • the compound can be administered in combination or alternation with another drug that is typically used to treat hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC), for example, as described by Andrew Zhu in “New Agents on the Horizon in Hepatocellular Carcinoma” Therapeutic Advances in Medical Oncology, V 5(1), January 2013, 41-50.
  • HCC hepatocellular carcinoma
  • suitable compounds for combination therapy where the host has or is at risk of HCC include anti-angiogenic agents, sunitinib, brivanib, linifanib, ramucirumab, bevacizumab, cediranib, pazopanib, TSU-68, lenvatinib, antibodies against EGFR, mTor inhibitors, MEK inhibitors, and histone decetylace inhibitors.
  • Drugs that are currently approved for influenza are Amantadine, Rimantadine and Oseltamivir. Any of these drugs can be used in combination or alternation with an active compound provided herein to treat a viral infection susceptible to such.
  • Ribavirin is used to treat measles, Influenza A, influenza B, parainfluenza, severe RSV bronchiolitis and SARS as well as other viral infections, and therefore is particularly useful in combination with the present compound for treatment of the host infected with a single stranded RNA virus.
  • Palivizumab is approved for use in infants with high risk for RSV infection.
  • THF Tetrahydrofuran (THF), anhydrous
  • Li(OtBu) 3 AlH Lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride
  • PE Petroleum ether
  • 2-Amino-6-chloropurine (2.63 g, 15.5 mmol) was suspended in t-BuOH (54 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was heated to 30° C. then potassium tert-butoxide (1.69 g, 15.1 mmol) was added. After 45 min a solution of bromofuranoside 2 (2.24 g, 5.12 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous MeCN (6 mL) was added, the reaction mixture was heated to 65° C. for 16 h then cooled down to room temperature. A saturated aq. NH 4 Cl solution (70 mL) was added and the resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 ⁇ 60 mL).
  • Step 4 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (5)
  • Step 2 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (7)
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature.
  • the reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH 4 Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 ⁇ 5 mL).
  • the combined organics were dried, filtered (Na 2 SO 4 ) and concentrated.
  • the residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) and then by reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H 2 O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford the product 7 (mixture of diastereomers, 35 mg, 58 ⁇ mol, 24%) as a white solid.
  • Step 2 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (9)
  • Step 3 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-bis-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (12)
  • reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH 4 Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc (3 times). The combined organics were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 50:50) to yield product 12 (mixture of diastereomers, 13 mg, 0.02 mmol, 13%) as a white solid.
  • Step 4 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-isobutyramido-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (16)
  • Step 2 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (18)
  • Step 2 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-propylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (20)
  • Step 2 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclobutylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (22)
  • the base is potassium tert-butoxide.
  • the mixture of organic solvents comprises tert-butanol and acetonitrile.
  • the compound, (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-dichloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(benzoyloxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-yl benzoate is treated with an amine, a base and an organic solvent at ambient temperature to generate 2-chloro-N 6 -substituted purines.
  • the amine is methylamine.
  • the base is triethylamine.
  • the organic solvent is ethanol.
  • 2-Chloro-N 6 -substituted purines can then be treated with an amine, and an organic solvent in a sealed tube at an elevated temperature of about 100° C. to generate N 2 ,N 6 -disubstituted purine nucleosides of the present invention.
  • the amine is methylamine.
  • the organic solvent is ethanol.
  • N 2 ,N 6 -Disubstituted purine nucleosides of the present invention can be treated with a base, isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate and an organic solvent at a reduced temperature to generate compounds of Formula I-V.
  • the base is tert-butyl magnesium chloride.
  • the organic solvent is tetrahydrofuran.
  • any of the active compounds described herein have a chiral phosphorus moiety.
  • Any of the active compounds described herein can be provided as an isolated phosphorus enantiomeric form, for example, at least 80, 90, 95 or 98% of the R or S enantiomer, using methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • there are a number of publications that describe how to obtain such compounds including but not limited to column chromatography, for example as described in Example 17 below and U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,859,756; 8,642,756 and 8,333,309 to Ross, et al.
  • Mobile phase B HPLC grade acetonitrile.
  • FIG. 1 A sample chromatogram of a semi-prep run is illustrated in FIG. 1 .
  • Mobile phase B HPLC grade acetonitrile.
  • the combined fractions for each stereoisomer were evaporated to dryness using a rotovap with a bath temperature of 30° C.
  • the resulting solids were dissolved in 1 ml of acetonitrile, transferred into 1.7 ml microcentrifuge tubes and the solvent evaporated on the vacuum centrifuge at a temperature of 30° C.
  • the final weights of the 1 st and 2 nd peak correspond well to their percentages in the original mixture. (62.2% and 37.8% respectively).
  • Step 2 Preparation of isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (25)
  • Step 1 Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (8)
  • Step 2 Preparation of isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • TPDSCl 2 (110 mL, 1.05 eq.) dropwise at ⁇ 5-5° C. under a N 2 atmosphere. After stirring at that temperature for 2 h, TLC showed the starting material was consumed. DCM (600 mL) was added, and then TMSCl (85 mL, 2 eq.) was added dropwise at 0-5° C. After stirring at that temperature for 2 h, TLC showed the intermediate was consumed.
  • Step 1 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-dimethylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Example 20 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Step 1 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Example 21 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methylcyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Step 1 Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methylcyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Triethylamine (10.119 g) and Et 3 N.3HF (8.6 g, 5 eq) were added to an ice-cooled solution of 58 (7.3 g, 1 eq) in THF (100 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature.
  • Huh-7 luc/neo ET cells bearing a discistronic HCV genotype 1b luciferase reporter replicon were plated at 7.5 ⁇ 10 3 cells/ml in duplicate 96-well plates for the parallel determination of antiviral efficacy (EC 50 ) and cytotoxicity (TC 5 O). The plates were cultured for 24 hours prior to the addition of compounds.
  • Six serial one half log dilutions of the test articles (high test concentration of 100.0 ⁇ M or high test concentration of 1.0 ⁇ M) and human interferon-alpha2b (high test 10.0 U/ml) were prepared in cell culture medium and added to the cultured cells in triplicate wells for each dilution. Six wells in the test plates received medium alone as an untreated control.
  • the y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in ⁇ M.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates an intra-assay comparison of the anti-HCV activity for Compounds 5-2, 25, 27 and Sofosbuvir. The y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in ⁇ M.
  • Replicon resistance test vectors containing the NSSB genomic regions were prepared using viral RNA isolated from plasma of HCV patients. Each NSSB region was amplified by reverse-transcription polymerase chain reaction and cloned into an HCV replicon RTV which was then transferred by electroporation into Huh-7 cells. After incubation in the absence and presence of serially diluted test compounds for 72-96 hr, viral replication was measured by luciferase activity and 50% inhibitory concentrations (IC 50 values) were determined.
  • IC 50 values 50% inhibitory concentrations
  • Table 2 reports the IC 50 and IC 95 values for compound 25, 27, 5-2 and Sofosbuvir against various clinical isolates containing wild-type and resistance-associated variants.
  • a transient transfection assay was performed to determine the sensitivity of the wild type S282T mutant of HCV to test compounds.
  • Huh-7 cells were electroporated in the presence of RNA transcribed from wild type or S282T HCV replicon plasmids from the T7 promoter.
  • the transfected cells were seeded in to 96-well plates at 7.5 ⁇ 10 3 cells per well in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's medium. After 24 hr of incubation, medium was removed and replaced with fresh medium containing no or various concentrations of test compounds.
  • the anti-HCV activity was measured by luciferase endpoint with BriteliteTM Plus luminescence reporter gene kit (Perkin Elmer, Shelton, Conn.). Duplicate plates were treated and incubated in parallel for assessment of cellular toxicity by staining with the tetrazolium dye XTT.
  • Table 3 reports the IC 50 and IC 95 values for compounds 25, 27, 5-2 and Sofosbuvir against HCV wild type and S282T replicons.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates the excellent stability of compound 5-2 and all 2-amino derivatives in human blood.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the in vitro time course dealkylation of the 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 2 -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate to 2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-N 6 -methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate with a human liver S9 fraction. Furthermore, unexpected, faster, and a more extensive rate of cleavage of the carbamate moiety by human liver S9 fraction was observed as compared to compound 5-2 and its other 2-amino derivatives ( FIG. 7 ).
  • HCV (gt1b) NS5B polymerase Inhibition of HCV (gt1b) NS5B polymerase was determined in triplicate by measuring de novo polymerization in reaction mixtures containing serial dilutions of TA, in vitro transcribed viral RNA complementary to the HCV ( ⁇ ) strand 3′UTR region, polymerase, radiolabeled ribonucleotide, 250 ⁇ M non-competing rNTPs, and 1 ⁇ M competing rNTP. TA concentrations that produced 50% inhibition (IC 50 ) were determined from resulting inhibition curves.
  • Fresh human bone marrow progenitor cells (Invitrogen) suspended in either BFU-E or GM-CSF-specific culture medium were added, at R 15 cells/well, to triplicate serial dilutions of TA in 6-well plates. After 14-day incubations, colony counts were used to determine CC 50 values. BFU-E colonies were confirmed using the benzidene technique.
  • Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 show no cytotoxicity against bone marrow stem cells in vitro.
  • iPS Cardiomyocytes (Cellular Dynamics) were seeded in microliter plates at 1.5 ⁇ 10 4 cells per well. After 48-hr incubation, cells were washed and maintenance medium containing serially diluted TA was added in triplicate. After incubating for an additional 3 days, cell viability was measured by staining with XTT and CC 50 values were calculated.
  • Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 show no cytotoxicity against iPS cardiomyocytes in vitro.
  • Inhibition of human DNA polymerases ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ was determined in triplicate in reaction mixtures of serially diluted TA, 0.05 mM dCTP, dTTP, and dATP, 10 [ 32 P]- ⁇ -dGTP (800 Ci/mmol), 20 ⁇ g activated calf thymus DNA and additional reagents specific for each polymerase. After 30-min incubations, incorporation of [ ⁇ - 32 P]-GTP was measured and resulting incubation curves were used to calculate IC 50 values.
  • triphosphate, ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine triphosphate, as well as the triphosphate analogs of compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 do not inhibit human DNA polymerases ⁇ , ⁇ or ⁇ .
  • Cytotoxicity and hepatocyte health were assessed in triplicate by measuring ALT leakage, urea production, albumin secretion and cellular ATP contents in micro-patterned human hepatocyte co-cultures (HepatoPac®, Hepregen Corporation) prepared by seeding cryopreserved female human hepatocytes (single donor) and 3T3 J2 mouse fibroblasts in microtiter plates according to procedures established by Hepregen. Culture media was replaced with fresh media containing TA, test article, (0, 1, 10 or 30 ⁇ M) every 2 or 3 days through day 16. Spent culture media was assayed for ALT and urea content on days 2, 5, 7, 9, 12, 16 and 21 and for albumin content on days 2, 5, 7 and 9.
  • ATP levels were measured on days 9 and 21. ATP signals in stromal-only control cultures (murine 3T3 fibroblasts) were subtracted from those of human HepatoPac co-cultures to obtain hepatocyte-specific effects. See, Table 4, 5 and 6 below.
  • Compound 5-2 at concentrations up to 30 showed no signs of cytotoxicity as measured by ALT leakage, albumin secretion, urea production and cellular ATP content when incubated for up to 12 days with micro-patterned co-cultured human hepatocytes.
  • the minor indications of cytotoxicity detected with extended exposure were significantly less than those observed with sofosbuvir. See, Table 4, 5 and 6 below.
  • INX-189 was highly cytotoxic to human co-cultured hepatocytes, showing decreased albumin secretion as early as day 2 and cytotoxicity by all measures. Sofosbuvir showed more cytotoxicity than AT-511 under the same conditions.
  • the compound ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine triphosphate is the predominant metabolite of compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 observed in cultured human hepatocytes and is a potent inhibitor of the HCV (gt1b) NS5B polymerase, with an IC 50 of 0.15 ⁇ M.
  • FIG. 8 shows the predominant Compound 25 metabolites in human hepatocytes.
  • FIG. 9 shows the predominant Compound 27 metabolites in human hepatocytes.
  • FIG. 10 shows the predominant Compound 5-2 metabolites in human hepatocytes.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the activation pathways for Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2.
  • Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 are converted to their corresponding monophosphate analogs which are subsequently metabolized to a common MP analog; ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine monophosphate (Compound 61).
  • the monophosphate is then stepwise phosphorylated to the active triphosphate: ⁇ -D-2′-deoxy-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -methyl-guanine triphosphate (Compound 62).
  • Table 7 is a table illustrating the compounds tested in a HCV Replicon Assay along with the EC 50 /EC 95 ( ⁇ M) and CC 50 ( ⁇ M) results.
  • ⁇ -D-2′-D-2′- ⁇ -fluoro-2′- ⁇ -C-substituted-2-modified-N 6 -substituted purine nucleotides described herein exhibit significant activity against the HCV virus.
  • Compounds according to the present invention are assayed for desired relative activity using well-known and conventional assays found in the literature.
  • anti-HCV activity and cytotoxicity of the compounds may be measured in the HCV subgenomic RNA replicon assay system in Huh7 ET cells.
  • HCV subgenomic RNA replicon assay system See, Korba, et al., Antiviral Research 2008, 77, 56).
  • the results can be summarized in comparison to a positive control, 2′-C-Me-cytosine ⁇ 2′-C-Me-C ⁇ (Pierra, et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 2006, 49, 6614.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)

Abstract

A compound of the structure:
Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or composition thereof for the treatment of a host infected with or exposed to an HCV virus or other disorders more fully described herein.

Description

    PRIORITY
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 16/918,914, filed Jul. 1, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 16/900,397, filed Jun. 12, 2020, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 16/278,621 filed Feb. 18, 2019, which is a continuation U.S. Ser. No. 16/001,549 filed Jun. 6, 2018, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,239,911 which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 15/782,628, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,000,523, filed Oct. 12, 2017 which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 15/063,461, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,828,410, filed Mar. 7, 2016 which claims priority to U.S. Ser. No. 62/129,319 filed Mar. 6, 2015; U.S. Ser. No. 62/253,958 filed Nov. 11, 2015; and, U.S. Ser. No. 62/276,597 filed Jan. 8, 2016. Each of these references is incorporated herewith in their entirety.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is directed to nucleotide compounds and compositions and uses thereof to treat the Hepatitis C virus (“HCV”).
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Hepatitis C (HCV) is an RNA single stranded virus and member of the Hepacivirus genus. It is estimated that 75% of all cases of liver disease are caused by HCV. HCV infection can lead to cirrhosis and liver cancer, and if left to progress, liver failure which may require a liver transplant. Approximately 170-200 million people worldwide are infected, with an estimated 3-4 million infections in the United States.
  • RNA polymerase is a key component in the targeting of RNA single stranded viruses. The HCV non-structural protein NSSB RNA-dependent RNA polymerase is a key enzyme responsible for initiating and catalyzing viral RNA synthesis. As a result, HCV NSSB is an attractive target for the current drug discovery and development of anti-HCV agents. There are two major subclasses of NSSB inhibitors: nucleoside analogs, which are anabolized to their active triphosphates—which act as alternative substrates for the polymerase—and non-nucleoside inhibitors (NNIs), which bind to allosteric regions on the protein. Nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors mimic natural polymerase substrate and act as chain terminators. They inhibit the initiation of RNA transcription and elongation of a nascent RNA chain.
  • In addition to targeting RNA polymerase, other RNA viral proteins may also be targeted in combination therapies. For example, HCV proteins that are additional targets for therapeutic approaches are NS3/4A (a serine protease) and NS5A (a non-structural protein that is an essential component of HCV replicase and exerts a range of effects on cellular pathways).
  • In December 2013, the first nucleoside NS5B polymerase inhibitor sofosbuvir (Sovaldi®, Gilead Sciences) was approved. Sovaldi® is a uridine phosphoramidate prodrug that is taken up by hepatocytes and undergoes intracellular activation to afford the active metabolite; 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-β-C-methyluridine-5′-triphosphate; see structures below:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00002
  • Sovaldi® is the first drug that has demonstrated safety and efficacy to treat certain types of HCV infection without the need for co-administration of interferon. Sovaldi® is the third drug with breakthrough therapy designation to receive FDA approval.
  • In 2014, the U.S. FDA approved Harvoni® (ledispasvir, a NS5A inhibitor, and sofosbuvir) to treat chronic hepatitis C virus genotype 1 infection. Harvoni® is the first combination pill approved to treat chronic HCV genotype 1 infection. It is also the first approved regimen that does not require administration with interferon or ribavirin. In addition, the FDA approved simeprevir (Olysio™) in combination with sofosbuvir (Sovaldi®) as a once-daily, all oral, interferon and ribavirin-free treatment for adults with genotype 1 HCV infection.
  • The U.S. FDA also approved AbbVie's VIEKIRA Pak™ in 2014, a multipill pack containing dasabuvir (a non-nucleoside NS5B polymerase inhibitor), ombitasvir (a NS5A inhibitor), paritaprevir (a NS3/4A inhibitor), and ritonavir. The VIEKIRA Pak™ can be used with or without the ribavirin to treat genotype 1 HCV infected patients including patients with compensated cirrhosis. VIEKIRA Pak™ does not require interferon co-therapy.
  • In July 2015, the U.S. FDA approved Technivie™ and Daklinza™ for the treatment of HCV genotype 4 and HCV genotype 3 respectively. Technivie™ (Ombitasvir/paritaprevir/ritonavir) was approved for use in combination with ribavirin for the treatment of HCV genotype 4 in patients without scarring and cirrhosis and is the first option for HCV-4 infected patients who do not require co-administration with interferon. Daklinza™ was approved for use with Sovaldi® to treat HCV genotype 3 infections. Daklinza™ is the first drug that has demonstrated safety and efficacy in treating HCV genotype 3 without the need for co-administration of interferon or ribavirin.
  • In October 2015, the U.S. FDA warned that HCV treatments Viekira Pak and Technivie™ can cause serious liver injury primarily in patients with underlying advanced liver disease, and required that additional information about safety be added to the label.
  • Other current approved therapies for HCV include interferon alpha-2b or pegylated interferon alpha-2b (Pegintron®), which can be administered with ribavirin (Rebetol®), NS3/4A telaprevir (Incivek®, Vertex and Johnson & Johnson), boceprevir (Victrelis™, Merck), simeprevir (Olysio™, Johnson & Johnson), paritaprevir (AbbVie), Ombitasvir (AbbVie), (NNI) Dasabuvir (ABT-333) and Merck's Zepatier™ (a single-tablet combination of the two drugs grazoprevir and elbasvir).
  • Additional NSSB polymerase inhibitors are currently under development. Merck is developing the uridine nucleotide prodrug MK-3682 (formerly Idenix IDX21437). The drug is currently in Phase II combination trials.
  • United States patents and WO applications which describe nucleoside polymerase inhibitors for the treatment of Flaviviridae, including HCV, include those filed by Idenix Pharmaceuticals (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,812,219; 6,914,054; 7,105,493; 7,138,376; 7,148,206; 7,157,441; 7,163,929; 7,169,766; 7,192,936; 7,365,057; 7,384,924; 7,456,155; 7,547,704; 7,582,618; 7,608,597; 7,608,600; 7,625,875; 7,635,689; 7,662,798; 7,824,851; 7,902,202; 7,932,240; 7,951,789; 8,193,372; 8,299,038; 8,343,937; 8,362,068; 8,507,460; 8,637,475; 8,674,085; 8,680,071; 8,691,788, 8,742,101, 8,951,985; 9,109,001; 9,243,025; US2016/0002281; US2013/0064794; WO/2015/095305; WO/2015/081133; WO/2015/061683; WO/2013/177219; WO/2013/039920; WO/2014/137930; WO/2014/052638; WO/2012/154321); Merck (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,777,395; 7,105,499; 7,125,855; 7,202,224; 7,323,449; 7,339,054; 7,534,767; 7,632,821; 7,879,815; 8,071,568; 8,148,349; 8,470,834; 8,481,712; 8,541,434; 8,697,694; 8,715,638, 9,061,041; 9,156,872 and WO/2013/009737); Emory University (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,348,587; 6,911,424; 7,307,065; 7,495,006; 7,662,938; 7,772,208; 8,114,994; 8,168,583; 8,609,627; US 2014/0212382; and WO2014/1244430); Gilead Sciences/Pharmasset Inc. (7,842,672; 7,973,013; 8,008,264; 8,012,941; 8,012,942; 8,318,682; 8,324,179; 8,415,308; 8,455,451; 8,563,530; 8,841,275; 8,853,171; 8,871,785; 8,877,733; 8,889,159; 8,906,880; 8,912,321; 8,957,045; 8,957,046; 9,045,520; 9,085,573; 9,090,642; and 9,139,604) and (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,908,924; 6,949,522; 7,094,770; 7,211,570; 7,429,572; 7,601,820; 7,638,502; 7,718,790; 7,772,208; RE42,015; 7,919,247; 7,964,580; 8,093,380; 8,114,997; 8,173,621; 8,334,270; 8,415,322; 8,481,713; 8,492,539; 8,551,973; 8,580,765; 8,618,076; 8,629,263; 8,633,309; 8,642,756; 8,716,262; 8,716,263; 8,735,345; 8,735,372; 8,735,569; 8,759,510 and 8,765,710); Hoffman La-Roche (U.S. Pat. No. 6,660,721), Roche (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,784,166; 7,608,599, 7,608,601 and 8,071,567); Alios BioPharma Inc. (8,895,723; 8,877,731; 8,871,737, 8,846,896, 8,772,474; 8,980,865; 9,012,427; US 2015/0105341; US 2015/0011497; US 2010/0249068; US2012/0070411; WO 2015/054465; WO 2014/209979; WO 2014/100505; WO 2014/100498; WO 2013/142159; WO 2013/142157; WO 2013/096680; WO 2013/088155; WO 2010/108135), Enanta Pharmaceuticals (U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,575,119; 8,846,638; 9,085,599; WO 2013/044030; WO 2012/125900), Biota (U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,268,119; 7,285,658; 7,713,941; 8,119,607; 8,415,309; 8,501,699 and 8,802,840), Biocryst Pharmaceuticals (U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,388,002; 7,429,571; 7,514,410; 7,560,434; 7,994,139; 8,133,870; 8,163,703; 8,242,085 and 8,440,813), Alla Chem, LLC (8,889,701 and WO 2015/053662), Inhibitex (8,759,318 and WO/2012/092484), Janssen Products (U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,399,429; 8,431,588, 8,481,510, 8,552,021, 8,933,052; 9,006,29 and 9,012,428) the University of Georgia Foundation (U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,348,587; 7,307,065; 7,662,938; 8,168,583; 8,673,926, 8,816,074; 8,921,384 and 8,946,244), RFS Pharma, LLC (U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,895,531; 8,859,595; 8,815,829; 8,609,627; 7,560,550; US 2014/0066395; US 2014/0235566; US 2010/0279969; WO/2010/091386 and WO 2012/158811) University College Cardiff Consultants Limited (WO/2014/076490, WO 2010/081082; WO/2008/062206), Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (WO/2014/169278 and WO 2014/169280), Cocrystal Pharma, Inc. (U.S. Pat. No. 9,173,893), Katholieke Universiteit Leuven (WO 2015/158913), Catabasis (WO 2013/090420) and the Regents of the University of Minnesota (WO 2006/004637).
  • Nonetheless, there remains a strong medical need to develop anti-HCV therapies that are safe, effective and well-tolerated. The need is accentuated by the expectation that drug resistance. More potent direct-acting antivirals could significantly shorten treatment duration and improve compliance and SVR rates for patients infected with all HCV genotypes.
  • It is therefore an object of the present invention to provide compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods and uses to treat and/or prevent infections of HCV.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • It has been discovered that the compounds of Formula I, Formula II, Formula III, Formula IV, Formula V, Formula VI, Formula VII and including β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-N6-(mono- or di-methyl) purine nucleotides, are highly active against the HCV virus when administered in an effective amount to a host in need thereof. The host can be a human or any animal that carries the viral infection.
  • Disclosed nucleotides include those with nanomolar activity against HCV in vitro and therapeutic indices that range to 25,000 or more.
  • Surprisingly, the parent N6-(methyl) purine nucleosides of disclosed compounds had not been developed or specifically disclosed as drug candidates prior to this invention. For example, it was reported in 2010 that 3′-azido-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine is not substantially deaminated by adenosine deaminase over a long period (120 minutes), and for that reason it had been considered an inappropriate compound to derivatize as a drug (see for example, WO 2010/091386, page 86 and corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 8,609,627).
  • However, it has now been discovered that compounds of the present invention are anabolized to a 5-monophosphate of the N6-substituted-purine without substantial N6-deamination and then subsequently anabolized at the 6-position to generate active guanine triphosphate compounds, in a manner that provides exceptional activity and therapeutic index.
  • In particular, it has been discovered that a 5′-stabilized phosphate prodrug or derivative of β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotide, as well as β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotide, and other β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides as described below, are highly active against HCV. This is surprising because the activity of the parent nucleoside β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine in a replicon assay (EC50=15.7 micromolar) indicates that it is not suitable for use as a human drug due to insufficient activity (in combination with the reference WO 2010/091386, page 86 and corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 8,609,627 that suggests that N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurines are not deaminated in vivo) however, the stabilized racemic phosphate prodrug (phosphoramidate) exhibits an EC50=26 nanomolar (nM), in a replicon assay, which is at least an 600 fold increase in activity. The corresponding (S)-phosphoramidate exhibits an EC50=4 nM, which is at least a 3,900 fold increase in activity; see the structure below and compound 5-2 in Table 7. With a TC50 greater than one hundred micromolar, the compound thus has a therapeutic index of greater than 25,000. For comparison, Sofosbuvir has an EC50=53 nM, a TC50 greater than one hundred micromolar and a therapeutic index greater than 1,920.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00003
  • Likewise, the activity of the parent nucleoside β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine in a replicon assay (EC50=10.7 micromolar, “μM”) indicates that it is also not suitable for use as a human drug due to insufficient activity, however, the stabilized racemic phosphate prodrug (phosphoramidate) exhibits an EC50=12 nM, in a replicon assay, which is more than a 890 fold increase in activity. The corresponding (S)-phosphoramidate (compound 25, Table 7) also exhibits an EC50=4 nM, which is at least a 2,600 fold increase in activity; see the structure below. In addition, compound 25 also has a therapeutic index of greater than 25,000.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00004
  • In another example, the compound isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-N-cyclopropyl-amino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate exhibited an EC50=7 nM and the corresponding (S)-phosphoramidate exhibited an EC50=5 nM in a replicon assay; see compound 27 in Table 7 and the structure below.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00005
  • As stated above, the metabolism of the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside as a phosphoramidate involves the production of a 5′-monophosphate and the subsequent anabolism of the N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine base to generate the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine nucleoside as the 5′-monophosphate. The monophosphate is then further anabolized to the active species; the 5′-triphosphate. The β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine triphosphate has an IC50=0.15 μM against the HCV genotype 1b NSSB polymerase.
  • Thus, in one embodiment, the invention is:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00006
  • wherein:
  • Y is NR1R2;
  • R1 is C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3, CF2CH3 and CF2CF3), C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR25, —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28 each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R2 is hydrogen, C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl); and
  • wherein at least one of R1 and R2 is methyl, CH2F, CHF2 or CF3;
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00007
  • R3 is hydrogen, diphosphate, triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R3C;
  • R3A can be selected from O−, OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R3B can be selected from O−, OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —(C0-C2)(aryl), —(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —O—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —O—(C0-C2)(aryl), or —O—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R3 and R4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R12 is CH3, CH2F, CHF2, CF3, or ethynyl.
  • In one embodiment, the invention is:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00008
  • wherein:
  • Y is NR1R2;
  • R1 is C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3, CF2CH3 and CF2CF3), C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR25, —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28 each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28; and
  • wherein at least one of R1 and R2 is methyl, CH2F, CHF2 or CF3;
  • R3 is hydrogen,
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00009
  • diphosphate, triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R3C;
  • R3A can be selected from O−, OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R3B can be selected from O−, OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —(C0-C2)(aryl), —(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —O—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —O—(C0-C2)(aryl), —O—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —S-alkyl, —S-alkenyl, —S-alkynyl, —S—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —S—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —S—(C0-C2)(aryl), or —S—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R3D is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —(C0-C2)(aryl), —(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —O—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —O—(C0-C2)(aryl), or —O—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R3 and R4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R5 is C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR25, —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28 each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28; or
  • R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring;
  • R12 is CH3, CH2F, CHF2, CF3, or ethynyl;
  • R22 is C1, Br, F, CN, N3, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C1-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl); —ONHC(═O)OR23, —NHOR24, —OR25, —SR25, —NH(CH2)1-4N(R26)2, —NHNHR26, —N═NR27, —NHC(O)NHNHR27, —NHC(S)NHNHR27, —C(O)NHNHR27, —NR27SO2R28, —SO2NR27R29, —C(O)NR27R29, —CO2R29, —SO2R29,
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00010
  • —P(O)H(OR29), —P(O)(OR29)(OR30), —P(O)(OR29)(NR29R30) or —NR5R6;
  • for example including but not limited to the following embodiments, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano, azido, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimtheylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 1-ethylpropyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, acetylenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, —(CH2)-cyclopropyl, —(CH2)-cyclobutyl, —(CH2)-cyclopentyl, —(CH2)-cyclohexyl, aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, pyrazolidine, piperidine, oxane, thiane, —(CH2)-aziridine, —(CH2)-oxirane, —(CH2)-thiirane, —(CH2)-azetidine, —(CH2)-oxetane, —(CH2)-thietane, —(CH2)-pyrrolidine, —(CH2)-tetrahydrofuran, —(CH2)-thiolane, —(CH2)-pyrazolidine, —(CH2)-piperidine, —(CH2)-oxane, —(CH2)-thiane, phenyl, pyridyl, —ONHC(═O)OCH3, —ONHC(═O)OCH2CH3, —NHOH, NHOCH3, —OCH3, OC2H5, —OPh, OCH2Ph, —SCH3, —SC2H5, —SPh, SCH2Ph, —NH(CH2)2NH2, —NH(CH2)2N(CH3)2, —NHNH2, —NHNHCH3, —N═NH, —N═NCH3, —N═NCH2CH3, —NHC(O)NHNH2, —NHC(S)NHNH2, —C(O)NHNH2, —NHSO2CH3, —NHSO2CH2CH3, —SO2NHCH3, —SO2N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CO2Ph, —CO2CH2Ph, —SO2CH3, —SO2CH2CH3, —SO2Ph, —SO2CH2Ph,
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00011
  • —P(O)H(OH), —P(O)H(OCH3), —P(O)(OH)(OH), —P(O)(OH)(OCH3), —P(O)(OCH3)(OCH3), —P(O)(OH)(NH2), —P(O)(OH)(NHCH3), —P(O)(OH)N(CH3)2, —NHC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH2CH3, —NHC(O)CH(CH3)2, —NHC(O)OCH3, —NHC(O)OCH2CH3, —NHC(O)OCH(CH3)2, —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH3, —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH2CH3 and —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3;
  • R23 is C1-C5alkyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle)-(C0-2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R24 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, —(C1-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C1-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle)-(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R25 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R26 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6alkyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R27 hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
  • R28 is C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R29 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R27 and R29 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring;
  • R30 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R29 and R30 can be bonded together to form a heterocyclic ring;
  • x is 1, 2 or 3.
  • The metabolism of the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotide involves both the formation of the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside triphosphate as well as the generation of the corresponding guanine nucleoside triphosphate. See Scheme 2 and 3.
  • 2′-Deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-N6-substituted-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotides can be further substituted at the N2-position by alkylation or acylated which can modify the lipophilicity, pharmacokinetics and/or targeting of the nucleotide to the liver. It has been discovered that 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-N6-substituted-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotides modified at the 2-position of the diaminopurine can be dealkylated or deacylated by hepatic enzymes to further increase the specificity of the nucleotide derivatives both in vitro and in vivo, unless the N2-amino group is completely replaced by a different moiety, as described herein, such as fluoro. For example, the nucleoside phosphoramidate 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N2-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate is dealkylated to 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate when incubated with a human liver S9 fraction in vitro, up to 60 minutes, these conditions mimics in vivo conditions. In one embodiment, N2 modifications will increase cell permeability and hepatitic targeting.
  • Despite the volume of antiviral nucleoside literature and patent filings, the 5′-stabilized phosphate derivative of 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside, 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside, and other β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleoside derivatives as described herein have not been specifically disclosed, nor have their advantageous activities been described.
  • Unless otherwise specified, the compounds described herein are provided in the β-D-configuration. Likewise, when in phosphoramide or thiophosphoramidate form, the amino acid portion can be in the L- or D-configuration. In an alternative embodiment, the compounds can be provided in a β-L-configuration. Likewise, any substituent group that exhibits chirality can be provided in racemic, enantiomeric, diastereomeric form or any mixture thereof. Where a phosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate or other stabilized phosphorus prodrug in which the phosphorus exhibits chirality is used as the R4 stabilized phosphate prodrug, it can be provided as an R or S chiral phosphorus derivative or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture. All of the combinations of these stereoconfigurations are included in the invention described herein.
  • Accordingly, the present invention includes a compound of Formula I-VII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, salt, or prodrug thereof, as described herein:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00012
  • In one specific embodiment, the parent nucleoside, i.e., the nucleoside wherein R4 is hydrogen and the 5′-position thus has a hydroxyl group, is not substantially deaminated by adenosine deaminase under conditions that mimic the in vivo environment (e.g., ambient temperature and aqueous physiological pH), for a period of 7 minutes, 10 minutes, 30 minutes, 60 minutes or 120 minutes. Unless otherwise stated, the time period is 30 minutes. In this embodiment, the term “not substantially deaminated” means that the parent compound is not converted to the corresponding guanine derivative, or 6-oxo derivative, in an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic effect in vivo.
  • Compounds, methods, and compositions are provided for the treatment of a host infected with a HCV virus via administration of an effective amount of the compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • The compounds and compositions can also be used to treat related conditions such as anti-HCV antibody positive and antigen positive conditions, viral-based chronic liver inflammation, liver cancer resulting from advanced hepatitis C, cirrhosis, chronic or acute hepatitis C, fulminant hepatitis C, chronic persistent hepatitis C and anti-HCV-based fatigue. The compound or formulations that include the compounds can also be used prophylactically to prevent or restrict the progression of clinical illness in individuals who are anti-HCV antibody or antigen positive or who have been exposed to hepatitis C.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula Ia are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00013
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3 and R4 are as defined above.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, R3 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, when Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl and R2 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, when Y is NR1R2, both R1 and R2 are methyl.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, when Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl and R2 is cyclopropyl.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula Ib are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00014
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3 and R4 are as defined above.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ib, R3 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ib, when Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl and R2 is hydrogen.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ib, when Y is NR1R2, both R1 and R2 are methyl.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula II are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00015
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3, R4, R12 and R22 are as defined above.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula IIa are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00016
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3, R4 and R22 are as defined above.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula IIb are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00017
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3, R4, and R22 are as defined above.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula III are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00018
  • wherein the variables Y, R3, R7, R8, R9a, R9b, R10, R12 and R22 are described herein.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula IV are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00019
  • wherein the variables Y, R3, R7, R8, R9a, R9b, R10 and R22 are described herein.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula V are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00020
  • wherein the variables Y, R3, R7, R8, R9a, R9b, R10 and R22 are described herein.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula VI are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00021
  • wherein:
  • R41 is halogen (in particular F or Cl), OR3, N3, NH2 or CN; and
  • the variables Y, R3, R4, and R12 are described herein.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula VII are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00022
  • Wherein the variables Y, R3, R4, R12 and R41 are described herein.
  • The phosphorus in any of the Formulas above may be chiral and thus can be provided as an R or S enantiomer or mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture.
  • Compound 5 was separated into the enantiomer compounds 5-1 and 5-2. Compound 5-2 was also prepared by chiral synthesis and assigned compound 24.
  • In one embodiment, compounds, methods, and compositions are provided for the treatment of a host infected with or exposed to hepatitis C described herein. The compounds of the invention can be administered in an effective amount alone or in combination with another anti-HCV drug, to treat the infected host. In certain embodiments, it is useful to administer a combination of drugs that modulates the same or a different pathway or inhibits a different target in the virus. As the disclosed β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides are NS5B polymerase inhibitors, it may be useful to administer the compound to a host in combination with a protease inhibitor, such as an NS3/4A protease inhibitor (for example, telaprevir (Incivek®) boceprevir (Victrelis™) simeprevir (Olysio™), or paritaprevir, or an NS5A inhibitor (for example, Ombitasvir). The compounds of the invention can also be administered in combination with a structurally different NS5B polymerase inhibitor such as another compound described herein or below, including Gilead's Sovaldi®. The compounds of the invention can also be administered in combination with interferon alfa-2a, which may be pegylated or otherwise modified, and/or ribavirin.
  • The β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides of the invention are typically administered orally, for example in pill or tablet form, but may be administered via an other route which the attending physician considers appropriate, including via intravenous, transdermal, subcutaneous, topical, parenteral, or other suitable route.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 is a sample chromatogram of a semi-prep run illustrating the separation of the stereoisomers of Compound 5 using a Phenominex Luna column as disclosed in Example 9. The y axis is shown in mAU and the x axis is measured in minutes.
  • FIG. 2 is a graph of the HCV replication inhibition curves for Compound 5-2 (Table 7) and Sofosbuvir. Compound 5-2 has an EC50=4 nM, a TC50 greater than one hundred micromolar and a therapeutic index of greater than 25,000. Sofosbuvir has an EC50=53 nM, a TC50 greater than one hundred micromolar and a therapeutic index greater than 1,920. The y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in μM.
  • FIG. 3 is a graph of the HCV replication inhibition curves for Compound 25 (Table 7) and Sofosbuvir. As described in Example 27, Compound 25 has an EC50=4 nM, a TC50 of greater than 100 μM, and a therapeutic index of greater than 25,000. Sofosbuvir has an EC50=53 nM, a TC50 greater than one hundred micromolar and a therapeutic index greater than 1,920. The y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in μM.
  • FIG. 4 is an intra-assay comparison of the anti-HCV activity for Compounds 5-2, 25, 27 (Table 7) and Sofosbuvir. The y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in μM. See, Example 27.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph that shows the stability of compounds 5-2; the N2-acetate of compound 5-2, the N2-butyrate of compound 5-2; the N2-methyl derivative of compound 5-2;
  • and the N2-n-pentylcarbamate of compound 5-2 in human blood. The x axis is incubation time measured in minutes and the y axis is the measurement of the percent of the parent compound remaining.
  • FIG. 6 is a graph showing the in vitro time course dealkylation of 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N2-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate to 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate in the presence of a human liver S9 fraction. The x axis is measured in minutes and the y axis is the measurement of the concentration of the compound remaining in nM.
  • FIG. 7 is a graph showing the stability of compounds 5-2; the N2-acetate of compound 5-2, the N2-butyrate of compound 5-2; the N2-methyl derivative of compound 5-2; and the N2-n-pentylcarbamate of compound 5-2 in the presence of a human liver S9 fraction. The x axis is measured in minutes and the y axis is the measurement of percent compound remaining.
  • FIG. 8 shows the predominant Compound 25 metabolites generated in human hepatocytes. The x axis is incubation time in hours. The y axis is intracellular concentration in pmol/106 cells. See Example 33.
  • FIG. 9 shows the predominant Compound 27 metabolites generated in human hepatocytes. The x axis is incubation time in hours. The y axis is intracellular concentration in pmol/106 cells. See Example 33.
  • FIG. 10 shows the predominant Compound 5-2 metabolites generated in human hepatocytes. The x axis is incubation time in hours. The y axis is intracellular concentration in pmol/106 cells. See Example 33.
  • FIG. 11 is a graph showing the activation pathways for Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2. As can be seen, Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 are converted to their corresponding monophosphate analogs which are subsequently metabolized to a common MP analog; β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine monophosphate. The monophosphate is then stepwise phosphorylated to the active triphosphate: β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine triphosphate. See Example 33.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention disclosed herein is a compound, method, and composition for the treatment of infections in or exposure to humans and other host animals of the HCV virus that includes the administration of an effective amount of a compound of Formula I-VII as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compounds of this invention either possess antiviral activity, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity.
  • The compounds and compositions can also be used to treat conditions related to or occurring as a result of a HCV viral exposure. For example, the active compound can be used to treat HCV antibody positive and HCV antigen positive conditions, viral-based chronic liver inflammation, liver cancer resulting from advanced hepatitis C, cirrhosis, acute hepatitis C, fulminant hepatitis C, chronic persistent hepatitis C, and anti-HCV-based fatigue. In one embodiment, the compounds or formulations that include the compounds can also be used prophylactically to prevent or retard the progression of clinical illness in individuals who are HCV antibody or HCV antigen positive or who have been exposed to hepatitis C.
  • In particular, it has been discovered that a 5′-stabilized phosphate prodrug or derivative of β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diamino purine nucleotide, as well as β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diamino purine nucleotide, and other β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides as described below, are highly active against HCV. This is surprising because the activity of the parent nucleoside β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diamino purine in a replicon assay (EC50=15.7 micromolar) indicates that it is not suitable for use as a human drug due to insufficient activity, however, the stabilized phosphate prodrug (phosphoramidate) exhibits an EC50=26 nanomolar, in a replicon assay, which is at least an 870 fold increase in activity. Likewise, the activity of the parent nucleoside β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine in a replicon assay (EC50=10.7 micromolar, “μM”) indicates that it is also not suitable for use as a human drug due to insufficient activity, however, the stabilized phosphate prodrug (phosphoramidate) exhibits an EC50=12 nanomolar, (“nM”), in a replicon assay, which is more than a 1,300 fold increase in activity.
  • Despite the volume of antiviral nucleoside literature and patent filings, the 5′-stabilized phosphate derivative of 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diamino purine nucleotide, 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diamino purine nucleotide, and other β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides have not been specifically disclosed.
  • Unless otherwise specified, the compounds described herein are provided in the β-D-configuration. In an alternative embodiment, the compounds can be provided in a β-L-configuration. Likewise, any substituent group that exhibits chirality can be provided in racemic, enantiomeric, diastereomeric form or any mixture thereof. Where a phosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate or other stabilized phosphorus prodrug in which the phosphorus exhibits chirality is used as the R4 stabilized phosphate prodrug, it can be provided as an R or S chiral phosphorus derivative or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture. The amino acid of the phosphoramidate or thiophosphoramidate can be in the D- or L-configuration, or a mixture thereof, including a racemic mixture. All of the combinations of these stereo configurations are included in the invention described herein.
  • The present invention includes the following features:
  • (a) a compound of Formula I-VII as described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof;
  • (b) Formulas I-VII as described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof for use in the treatment or prophylaxis of a hepatitis C virus infection;
  • (c) use of Formulas I-VII, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a hepatitis C virus infection;
  • (d) a method for manufacturing a medicament intended for the therapeutic use for treating a hepatitis C virus infection, characterized in that a Formulas I-VII as described herein is used in the manufacture;
  • (e) a pharmaceutical formulation comprising an effective host-treating amount of the Formulas I-VII or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;
  • (f) Formulas I-VII as described herein substantially in the absence of stereoisomers of the described compound, or substantially isolated from other chemical entities; and,
  • (g) processes for the preparation of therapeutic products that contain an effective amount of a Formulas I-VII, as described herein.
    • I. 2′-Deoxy-2′-α-Fluoro-T-13-C-Substituted-2-Modified-N6-Substituted Purine Nucleotides of the Invention
  • The active compounds of the invention are those depicted, for example, in Formula I, which can be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, salt or prodrug thereof:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00023
  • wherein:
  • Y is NR1R2;
  • R1 is C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CH2F, CH2F, CF3, CH2CF3, CF2CH3 and CF2CF3), C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR25, —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28 each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CH2F, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28; and wherein at least one of R1 and R2 is methyl, CH2F, CHF2 or CF3;
  • R3 is hydrogen,
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00024
  • diphosphate, triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R3C;
  • R3A can be selected from O−, OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R3B can be selected from O−, OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —(C0-C2)(aryl), —(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —O—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —O—(C0-C2)(aryl), or —O—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R3 and R4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R12 is CH3, CH2F, CHF2, CF3, or ethynyl.
  • A stabilized phosphate prodrug is any moiety that can deliver a mono, di, or triphosphate.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula Ia are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00025
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3 and R4 are as defined above.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula Ib are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00026
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3 and R4 are as defined above.
  • In another embodiment, the compound is according to Formula Ic:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00027
  • wherein:
  • R7 is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or aryl, which includes, but is not limited to, phenyl or naphthyl, where phenyl or naphthyl are optionally substituted with C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, F, Cl, Br, I, nitro, cyano, C1-6haloalkyl, —N(R7′)2, C1-6acylamino, NHSO2C1-6alkyl, —SO2N(R7′)2, COR7′, and —SO2C1-6alkyl; (R7′ is independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; R7″ is —OR11 or —N(R7)2;
  • R8 is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, or R9a or R9b and R8 together are (CH2)n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms; where n is 2 to 4;
  • R9a and R9b are (i) independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, —(CH2)c(NR9′)2, C1-6hydroxyalkyl, —CH2SH, —(CH2)2S(O)(Me, —(CH2)3NHC(—NH)NH2, (1H-indol-3-yl)methyl, (1H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl, —(CH2)cCOR9″, aryl and aryl(C1-3alkyl)-, the aryl groups can be optionally substituted with a group selected from hydroxyl, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, halogen, nitro and cyano; (ii) R9a and R9b both are C1-6 alkyl; (iii) R9a and R9b together are (CH2)r so as to form a spiro ring; (iv) R9a is hydrogen and R9b and R8 together are (CH2)n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms (v) R9b is hydrogen and R9a and R8 together are (CH2)n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms, where c is 1 to 6, n is 2 to 4, r is 2 to 5 and where R9′ is independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl and R9″ is —OR11 or —N(R11′)2); (vi) R9a is hydrogen and R9b is hydrogen, CH3, CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, CH2Ph, CH2-indol-3-yl, —CH2CH2SCH3, CH2CO2H, CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2COOH, CH2CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2, —CH2CH2CH2NHC(NH)NH2, CH2-imidazol-4-yl, CH2OH, CH(OH)CH3, CH2((4′-OH)-Ph), CH2SH, or lower cycloalkyl; or (vii) R9a is CH3, CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, CH2Ph, CH2-indol-3-yl, —CH2CH2SCH3, CH2CO2H, CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2COOH, CH2CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2, —CH2CH2CH2NHC(NH)NH2, CH2-imidazol-4-yl, CH2OH, CH(OH)CH3, CH2((4′-OH)-Ph), CH2SH, or lower cycloalkyl and R9b is hydrogen;
  • R10 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with an alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, or halogen, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aminoacyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R11 is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; an optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, or optionally substituted acyl, which includes but is not limited to C(O)(C1-6 alkyl); and
  • Y, R3 and R12 are as defined herein.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula II are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00028
  • wherein:
  • Y is NR1R2;
  • R1 is C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CH2F, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3, CF2CH3 and CF2CF3), C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR25, —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28 each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R2 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28; and
  • wherein at least one of R1 and R2 is methyl, CH2F, CHF2 or CF3;
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00029
  • R3 is hydrogen, diphosphate, triphosphate, an optionally substituted carbonyl linked amino acid, or —C(O)R3C;
  • R3A can be selected from O−, OH, an —O-optionally substituted aryl, an —O-optionally substituted heteroaryl, or an optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R3B can be selected from O−, OH, an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid or an optionally substituted N-linked amino acid ester;
  • R3C is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —(C0-C2)(aryl), —(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —O—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —O—(C0-C2)(aryl), —O—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —S-alkyl, —S-alkenyl, —S-alkynyl, —S—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —S—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —S—(C0-C2)(aryl), or —S—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R3D is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, —(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —(C0-C2)(aryl), —(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —O—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —O—(C0-C2)(aryl), or —O—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R4 is a monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, including but not limited to a phosphoramidate, a thiophosphoramidate, or any other moiety that is metabolized to a monophosphate, diphosphate or triphosphate in vivo in the host human or animal; or
  • R3 and R4 together with the oxygens that they are bonded to can form a 3′,5′-cyclic prodrug, including but not limited to, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrug;
  • R5 is C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CHF2, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —OR25, —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28 each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R6 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C5alkyl (including methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and pentyl), C1-C5haloalkyl (including CHF2, CH2F, CF3, CH2CF3 and CF2CF3), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), optionally substituted —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl), —C(O)R3C (including —C(O)CH3, —C(O)CH2CH3—C(O)CH(CH3)2, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OC2H5, —C(O)OC3H7, —C(O)OC4H9, and —C(O)OC5H11), —C(S)R3D, or —SO2R28; or
  • R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring;
  • R12 is CH3, CH2F, CHF2, CF3, or ethynyl;
  • R22 is C1, Br, F, CN, N3, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C1-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl); —ONHC(═O)OR23, —NHOR24, —OR25, —SR25, —NH(CH2)1-4N(R26)2, —NHNHR26, —N═NR27, —NHC(O)NHNHR27, —NHC(S)NHNHR27, —C(O)NHNHR27, —NR27SO2R28, —SO2NR27R29, —C(O)NR27R29, —CO2R29, —SO2R29,
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00030
  • —P(O)H(OR29), —P(O)(OR29)(OR30), —P(O)(OR29)(NR29R30) or —NR5R6;
  • for example including but not limited to the following embodiments, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano, azido, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimtheylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 1-ethylpropyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, acetylenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, —(CH2)-cyclopropyl, —(CH2)-cyclobutyl, —(CH2)-cyclopentyl, —(CH2)-cyclohexyl, aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, pyrazolidine, piperidine, oxane, thiane, —(CH2)-aziridine, —(CH2)-oxirane, —(CH2)-thiirane, —(CH2)-azetidine, —(CH2)-oxetane, —(CH2)-thietane, —(CH2)-pyrrolidine, —(CH2)-tetrahydrofuran, —(CH2)-thiolane, —(CH2)-pyrazolidine, —(CH2)-piperidine, —(CH2)-oxane, —(CH2)-thiane, phenyl, pyridyl, —ONHC(═O)OCH3, —ONHC(═O)OCH2CH3, —NHOH, NHOCH3, —OCH3, OC2H5, —OPh, OCH2Ph, —SC2H5, —SPh, SCH2Ph, —NH(CH2)2NH2, —NH(CH2)2N(CH3)2, —NHNH2, —NHNHCH3, —N═NH, —N═NCH3, —N═NCH2CH3, —NHC(O)NHNH2, —NHC(S)NHNH2, —C(O)NHNH2, —NHSO2CH3, —NHSO2CH2CH3, —SO2NHCH3, —SO2N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CO2Ph, —CO2CH2Ph, —SO2CH3, —SO2CH2CH3, —SO2Ph, —SO2CH2Ph,
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00031
  • —P(O)H(OH), —P(O)H(OCH3), —P(O)(OH)(OH), —P(O)(OH)(OCH3), —P(O)(OCH3)(OCH3), —P(O)(OH)(NH2), —P(O)(OH)(NHCH3), —P(O)(OH)N(CH3)2, —NHC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH2CH3, —NHC(O)CH(CH3)2, —NHC(O)OCH3, —NHC(O)OCH2CH3, —NHC(O)OCH(CH3)2, —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH3, —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH2CH3 and —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3;
  • R23 is C1-C5alkyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle)-(C0-2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R24 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, —(C1-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C1-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle)-(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R25 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R26 is independently selected from hydrogen, C1-C6alkyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R27 hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
  • R28 is C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) each of which can be optionally substituted;
  • R29 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R27 and R29 together with the nitrogen that they are bonded to can form a heterocyclic ring;
  • R30 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3C6cycloalkyl), —(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C6heterocycle), —(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl) or —(C0-C2alkyl)(heteroaryl) wherein except for the hydrogen each of which can be optionally substituted; or
  • R29 and R30 can be bonded together to form a heterocyclic ring;
  • x is 1, 2 or 3.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula IIa are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00032
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3, R4 and R22 are as defined above.
  • In another embodiment, compounds of Formula IIb are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00033
  • wherein:
  • Y, R3, R4 and R22 are as defined above.
  • In a typical embodiment, the compound is a β-D isomer with reference to the corresponding nucleoside (i.e., in the naturally occurring configuration). In an alternative configuration, the compound is provided as a β-L isomer. The compound is typically at least 90% free of the opposite enantiomer, and can be at least 98%, 99% or even 100% free of the opposite enantiomer. Unless described otherwise, the compound is at least 90% free of the opposite enantiomer.
  • In another embodiment, the compound is according to Formula III:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00034
  • wherein:
  • R7 is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkyl; heteroaryl, heterocyclic, or aryl, which includes, but is not limited to, phenyl or naphthyl, where phenyl or naphthyl are optionally substituted with C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C1-6 alkoxy, F, Cl, Br, I, nitro, cyano, C1-6haloalkyl, —N(R7′)2, C1-6acylamino, NHSO2C1-6alkyl, —SO2N(R7′)2, COR7′, and —SO2C1-6alkyl; (R7′ is independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; R7″ is —OR11 or —N(R7)2);
  • R8 is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, or R9′ or R9b and R8 together are (CH2)n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms; where n is 2 to 4;
  • R9a and R9b are (i) independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, —(CH2)c(NR9′)2, C1-6hydroxyalkyl, —CH2SH, —(CH2)2S(O)(Me, —(CH2)3NHC(—NH)NH2, (1H-indol-3-yl)methyl, (1H-imidazol-4-yl)methyl, —(CH2)cCOR9″, aryl and aryl(C1-3alkyl)-, the aryl groups can be optionally substituted with a group selected from hydroxyl, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, halogen, nitro and cyano; (ii) R9a and R9b both are C1-6 alkyl; (iii) R9a and R9b together are (CH2)r so as to form a spiro ring; (iv) R9′ is hydrogen and R9b and R8 together are (CH2)n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms (v) R9b is hydrogen and R9a and R8 together are (CH2)n so as to form a cyclic ring that includes the adjoining N and C atoms, where c is 1 to 6, n is 2 to 4, r is 2 to 5 and where R9′ is independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl and R9″ is —OR11 or —N(Rit)2); (vi) R9a is hydrogen and R9b is hydrogen, CH3, CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, CH2Ph, CH2-indol-3-yl, —CH2CH2SCH3, CH2CO2H, CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2COOH, CH2CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2, —CH2CH2CH2NHC(NH)NH2, CH2-imidazol-4-yl, CH2OH, CH(OH)CH3, CH2((4′-OH)-Ph), CH2SH, or lower cycloalkyl; or (vii) R9a is CH3, CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, CH2Ph, CH2-indol-3-yl, —CH2CH2SCH3, CH2CO2H, CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2COOH, CH2CH2C(O)NH2, CH2CH2CH2CH2NH2, —CH2CH2CH2NHC(NH)NH2, CH2-imidazol-4-yl, CH2OH, CH(OH)CH3, CH2((4′-OH)-Ph), CH2SH, or lower cycloalkyl and R9b is hydrogen;
  • R10 is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with an alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, or halogen, C1-6 haloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aminoacyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl;
  • R11 is an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl; an optionally substituted C2-6 alkynyl, an optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl, or optionally substituted acyl, which includes but is not limited to C(O)(C1-6 alkyl); and
  • Y, R3 R12 and R22 are as defined above.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula IV are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00035
  • wherein the variables Y, R3, R7, R8, R9a, R9b, R10 and R22 are described herein.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula V are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00036
  • wherein the variables Y, R3, R7, R8, R9a, R9b, R10 and R22 are described herein.
  • In an alternative embodiment, compounds, methods, and compositions are provided for the treatment of a host infected with or exposed to hepatitis C.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula VI are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00037
  • wherein:
  • R41 is halogen (in particular F or Cl), OR3 (including OH), N3, NH2 or CN; and
  • the variables Y, R3, R4, and R12 are described herein.
  • In one embodiment, compounds of Formula VII are disclosed:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00038
  • Wherein the variables Y, R3, R4, R12 and R41 are described herein.
  • Metabolism of β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-N6-substituted-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotides
  • The metabolism of the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate involves the production of a 5′-monophosphate and the subsequent anabolism of the N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine base to generate the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine nucleoside as the 5′-monophosphate. The monophosphate is then further anabolized to the active species; the 5′-triphosphate. The β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine triphosphate has an IC50=0.15 μM against the HCV genotype 1b NSSB polymerase. The metabolic pathway for the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate is illustrated in Scheme 1 below.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00039
  • The metabolism of the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotide involves both the formation of the β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-dimethyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside triphosphate as well as the generation of the corresponding guanine nucleoside triphosphate. These metabolic pathways are illustrated in Schemes 2 and 3 below.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00040
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00041
    • Stabilized Phosphate Prodrugs
  • Stabilized phosphate prodrugs are moieties that can deliver a mono, di, or triphosphate in vivo. For example, McGuigan has disclosed phosphoramidates in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,933,053; 8,759,318; 8,658,616; 8,263,575; 8,119,779; 7,951,787 and 7,115,590. Alios has disclosed thiophosphoramidates in U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,895,723 and 8,871,737 incorporated by reference herein. Alios has also disclosed cyclic nucleotides in U.S. Pat. No. 8,772,474 incorporated by reference herein. Idenix has disclosed cyclic phosphoramidates and phosphoramidate/SATE derivatives in WO 2013/177219 incorporated by reference herein. Idenix has also disclosed substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds in WO 2013/039920 incorporated by reference herein. Hostetler has disclosed lipid phosphate prodrugs, see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,517,858. Hostetler has also disclosed lipid conjugates of phosphonate prodrugs, see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,889,658; 8,846,643; 8,710,030; 8,309,565; 8,008,308; and 7,790,703. Emory University has disclosed nucleotide sphingoid and lipid derivatives in WO 2014/124430. RFS Pharma has disclosed purine nucleoside monophosphate prodrugs in WO 2010/091386. Cocrystal Pharma Inc. has also disclosed purine nucleoside monophosphate prodrugs in U.S. Pat. No. 9,173,893 incorporated by reference herein. HepDirect™ technology is disclosed in the article “Design, Synthesis, and Characterization of a Series of Cytochrome P(450) 3A-Activated Prodrugs (HepDirect Prodrugs) Useful for Targeting Phosph(on)ate-Based Drugs to the Liver,” (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 126, 5154-5163 (2004). Additional phosphate prodrugs include, but are not limited to phosphate esters, 3′,5′-cyclic phosphates including CycloSAL, SATE derivatives (S-acyl-2thioesters) and DTE (dithiodiethyl) prodrugs. For literature reviews that disclose non-limiting examples see: A. Ray and K. Hostetler, “Application of kinase bypass strategies to nucleoside antivirals,” Antiviral Research (2011) 277-291; M. Sofia, “Nucleotide prodrugs for HCV therapy,” Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy 2011; 22-23-49; and S. Peyrottes et al., “SATE Pronucleotide Approaches: An Overview,” Mini Reviews in Medicinal Chemistry 2004, 4, 395. In one embodiment, a 5′-prodrug described in any of these patent filings or literature can be used in the R4 position of the presented compounds.
  • In one alternative embodiment, the stabilized phosphate prodrugs, include, but are not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 9,173,893 and 8,609,627, incorporated by reference herein, including for processes of preparation. For example, 5′-prodrugs of Formula I-V can be represented by the group:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00042
  • In an alternate embodiment, 3′,5′-prodrugs of Formula I-V can be represented by the group:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00043
  • wherein:
    when chirality exists at the phosphorous center it may be wholly or partially Rp or Sp or any mixture thereof.
  • Z is O or S;
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00044
  • R33 is selected from OR34, and fatty alcohol derived (for example but not limited to:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00045
  • wherein R34, R35, and R36 are as defined below;
    R31 and R32, when administered in vivo, are capable of providing the nucleoside monophosphate or thiomonophosphate, which may or may not be partially or fully resistant to 6-NH2 deamination in a biological system. Representative R31 and R32 are independently selected from: (a) OR34 where R34 is selected from H, Li, Na, K, phenyl and pyridinyl; phenyl and pyridinyl are substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (CH2)0-6CO2R37 and (CH2)0-6CON(R37)2;
    R37 is independently H, C1-20 alkyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty alcohol (such as oleyl alcohol, octacosanol, triacontanol, linoleyl alcohol, and etc) or C1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl; wherein the substituents are C1-5 alkyl, or C1-5 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl;
    (b)
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00046
  • (c) the ester of a D-amino acid or L-amino acid
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00047
  • where R36 is restricted to those sidechains occurring in natural L-amino acids, and
    R35 is H, C1-20 alkyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty alcohol (such as oleyl alcohol, octacosanol, triacontanol, linoleyl alcohol, and etc) or C1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl; wherein the substituents are C1-5 alkyl, or C1-5 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl;
    (d) R31 and R32 can come together to form a ring
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00048
  • where R38 is H, C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 alkenyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty alcohol (such as oleyl alcohol, octacosanol, triacontanol, linoleyl alcohol, etc) or C1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as, pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl; wherein the substituents are C1-5 alkyl, or C1-5 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl;
    (e) R31 and R32 can come together to form a ring selected from
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00049
  • where R39 is O or NH and
    R40 is selected from H, C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 alkenyl, the carbon chain derived from a fatty acid (such as oleic acid, linoleic acid, and the like), and C1-20 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl alkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, such as phenyl, heteroaryl, such as pyridinyl, substituted aryl, or substituted heteroaryl; wherein the substituents are C1-5 alkyl, or C1-5 alkyl substituted with a lower alkyl, alkoxy, di(lower alkyl)-amino, fluoro, C3-10 cycloalkyl, or cycloalkyl.
  • The compounds can be prepared, for example, by preparing the 5′-OH analogs, then converting these to the monophosphate analogs.
    • Embodiments
  • In particular embodiments:
      • (i) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (ii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (iii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (iv) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (v) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (vi) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (vii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate;
      • (viii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (ix) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (x) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (xi) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (xii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (xiii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (xiv) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate;
      • (xv) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (xvi) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (xvii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (xviii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (xix) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (xx) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is methyl, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (xxi) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate;
      • (xxii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is propyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (xxiii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is propyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (xxiv) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is propyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (xxv) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is propyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (xxvi) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is propyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (xxvii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is propyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (xxviii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is propyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate;
      • (xxix) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is ethyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (xxx) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is ethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (xxxi) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is ethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (xxxii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is ethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (xxxiii) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is ethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (xxxiv) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is ethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (xxxv) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is ethyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate;
      • (xxxvi) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (xxxvii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (xxxviii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (xxxix) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (xl) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (xli) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (xlii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is methyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate;
      • (xliii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (xliv) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (xlv) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (xlvi) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (xlvii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (xlviii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (xlix) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is hydrogen, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate;
      • (l) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, R4 is a stabilized phosphate prodrug;
      • (li) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a stabilized thiophosphate prodrug;
      • (lii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a phosphoramidate;
      • (liii) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a thiophosphoramidate:
      • (liv) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a monophosphate;
      • (lv) in Formula Ib, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is methyl, and R4 is a diphosphate;
      • (lvi) in Formula Ia, Y is NR1R2, R1 is methyl, R2 is cyclopropyl, R3 is hydrogen, and R4 is a triphosphate.
  • In alternative embodiments of any of the above, the compound has an R22 substituent. In some of these specific embodiments, the R22 is F, amide or carbamate. In other specific aspects of the embodiments above, R22 is chloro, bromo, cyano, azido, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimtheylpropyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 1-ethylpropyl, vinyl, allyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, acetylenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, —(CH2)-cyclopropyl, —(CH2)-cyclobutyl, —(CH2)-cyclopentyl, —(CH2)-cyclohexyl, aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, pyrrolidine, tetrahydrofuran, thiolane, pyrazolidine, piperidine, oxane, thiane, —(CH2)-aziridine, —(CH2)-oxirane, —(CH2)-thiirane, —(CH2)-azetidine, —(CH2)-oxetane, —(CH2)-thietane, —(CH2)-pyrrolidine, —(CH2)-tetrahydrofuran, —(CH2)-thiolane, —(CH2)-pyrazolidine, —(CH2)-piperidine, —(CH2)-oxane, —(CH2)-thiane, phenyl, pyridyl, —ONHC(═O)OCH3, —ONHC(═O)OCH2CH3, —NHOH, NHOCH3, —OCH3, OC2H5, —OPh, OCH2Ph, —SCH3, —SC2H5, —SPh, SCH2Ph, —NH(CH2)2NH2, —NH(CH2)2N(CH3)2, —NHNH2, —NHNHCH3, —N═NH, —N═NCH3, —N═NCH2CH3, —NHC(O)NHNH2, —NHC(S)NHNH2, —C(O)NHNH2, —NHSO2CH3, —NHSO2CH2CH3, —SO2NHCH3, —SO2N(CH3)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)N(CH3)2, —CO2CH3, —CO2CH2CH3, —CO2Ph, CO2CH2Ph, —SO2CH3, —SO2CH2CH3, —SO2Ph, —SO2CH2Ph,
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00050
  • —P(O)H(OH), —P(O)H(OCH3), —P(O)(OH)(OH), —P(O)(OH)(OCH3), —P(O)(OCH3)(OCH3), —P(O)(OH)(NH2), —P(O)(OH)(NHCH3), —P(O)(OH)N(CH3)2, —NHC(O)CH3, —NHC(O)CH2CH3, —NHC(O)CH(CH3)2, —NHC(O)OCH3, —NHC(O)OCH2CH3, —NHC(O)OCH(CH3)2, —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH3, —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH2CH3 and —NHC(O)OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3;
  • In alternative embodiments of compounds (i) through (lvi), an L-nucleoside is used in Formula I-VII.
  • In an alternate embodiment, the Formula I R12 variable is CH2F.
  • In an alternate embodiment, the Formula I R12 variable is CHF2.
  • In an alternate embodiment, the Formula I R12 variable is CF3.
  • In one embodiment, a compound of Formula Ia is provided. Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula Ia include:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00051
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00052
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00053
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00054
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00055
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00056
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00057
  • In one embodiment, a thiophosphoramidate of Formula Ia is provided. Non-limiting examples of thiophosphoramidates of Formula Ia include, but are not limited to:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00058
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00059
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00060
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00061
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00062
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00063
  • In one embodiment, a stabilized phosphate prodrug of Formula Ia is provided. Non-limiting examples of stabilized phosphate prodrugs of Formula Ia are illustrated below:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00064
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00065
  • In another embodiment, a compound of Formula Ia is provided. Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula Ia include:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00066
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00067
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00068
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00069
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00070
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00071
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00072
  • In one embodiment, a thiophosphoramidate of Formula Ia is provided. Non-limiting examples of thiophosphoramidates of Formula Ia include, but are not limited to:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00073
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00074
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00075
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00076
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00077
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00078
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00079
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00080
  • In one embodiment, a stabilized phosphate prodrug of Formula Ia is provided. Non-limiting examples of stabilized phosphate prodrugs of Formula Ia are illustrated below:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00081
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00082
  • In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II is provided. Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00083
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00084
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00085
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00086
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00087
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00088
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00089
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00090
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00091
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00092
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00093
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00094
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00095
  • In one embodiment, a compound of Formula I is provided. Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula I include:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00096
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00097
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00098
  • In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II is provided. Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00099
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00100
  • In one embodiment, and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00101
  • In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II is provided. Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00102
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00103
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00104
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00105
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00106
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00107
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00108
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00109
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00110
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00111
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00112
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00113
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00114
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00115
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00116
  • In one embodiment, a compound of Formula II is provided. Non-limiting examples of compounds of Formula II include:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00117
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00118
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00119
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00120
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00121
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00122
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00123
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00124
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00125
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00126
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00127
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00128
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00129
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00130
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00131
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00132
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00133
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00134
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00135
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00136
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00137
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00138
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00139
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00140
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00141
  • In some embodiments, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00142
  • In some embodiments, R1 is CH3, R2 is H, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00143
  • In some embodiments, R1 is CH3, R2 is H, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00144
  • In some embodiments, R1 is CH3, R2 is H, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00145
  • In some embodiments, R1 is CH3, R2 is CH3, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00146
  • In some embodiments, R1 is CH3, R2 is CH3, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00147
  • In some embodiments, R1 is CH3, R2 is CH3, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00148
  • In some embodiments, R1 is cyclopropyl, R2 is CH3, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00149
  • In some embodiments, R1 is cyclopropyl, R2 is CH3, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00150
  • In some embodiments, R1 is cyclopropyl, R2 is CH3, R3 is H and R4 is
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00151
    • II. Definitions
  • The following terms are used to describe the present invention. In instances where a term is not specifically defined herein, that term is given an art-recognized meaning by those of ordinary skill applying that term in context to its use in describing the present invention.
  • The term “alkyl” shall mean within its context, a linear, or branch-chained fully saturated hydrocarbon radical or alkyl group which can be optionally substituted (for example, with halogen, including F). For example, an alkyl group can have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C8 alkyl), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 alkyl) or 1 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C4 alkyl). Examples of suitable alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
  • The term “alkenyl” refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group which contains at least one double bond between adjacent carbon atoms and a similar structure to an alkyl group as otherwise described herein. For example, an alkenyl group can have 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C8 alkenyl), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C4 alkenyl). Examples of suitable alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl or vinyl (—CH═CH2), allyl (—CH2CH═CH2), 1-butenyl (—C═CH—CH2CH3) and 2-butenyl (—CH2CH═CHCH2). The alkenyl group can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • The term “alkynyl” refers to a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one triple bond between adjacent carbon atoms and a similar structure to an alkyl group as otherwise described herein. For example, an alkynyl group can have 2 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C8 alkyne,), or 2 to 4 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C4 alkynyl). Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetylenic or ethynyl and propargyl. The alkynyl group can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • The term “acyl” refers to the moiety —C(O)R in which the carbonyl moiety is bonded to R, for example, —C(O)alkyl. R can be selected from alkoxy, alkyl, cycloalkyl, lower alkyl (i.e., C1-C4); alkoxyalkyl, including methoxymethyl; aralkyl—including benzyl, aryloxyalkyl—such as phenoxymethyl; aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen, C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkoxy. In one embodiment, the term “acyl” refers to a mono, di or triphosphate.
  • The term “lower acyl” refers to an acyl group in which the carbonyl moiety is lower alkyl (i.e., C1-C4).
  • The term “alkoxy” refers to the group —OR′ where —OR′ is —O-alkyl, —O-alkenyl, —O— alkynyl, —O—(C0-C2)(cycloalkyl), —O—(C0-C2)(heterocyclo), —O—(C0-C2)(aryl), or —O—(C0-C2)(heteroaryl), each of which can be optionally substituted.
  • The term “amino” refers to the group —NH2.
  • The term “amino acid” or “amino acid residue” refers to a D- or L-natural or non-naturally occurring amino acid. Representative amino acids include, but are not limited to, alanine, β-alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine, among others.
  • The term “azido” refers to the group —N3.
  • The term “aryl” or “aromatic”, in context, refers to a substituted (as otherwise described herein) or unsubstituted monovalent aromatic radical having a single ring (e.g., phenyl or benzyl) or condensed rings (e.g., naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, etc.) and can be bound to the compound according to the present invention at any available stable position on the ring(s) or as otherwise indicated in the chemical structure presented. The aryl group can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • “Cycloalkyl”, “carbocycle”, or “carbocyclyl” refers to a saturated (i.e., cycloalkyl) or partially unsaturated (e.g., cycloakenyl, cycloalkadienyl, etc.) ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle. Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 7 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, and 1-cyclo-hex-3-enyl.
  • The term “cyano” refers to the group —CN.
  • The term “halogen” or “halo” refers to chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo.
  • A heteroaryl ring system is a saturated or unsaturated ring with one or more nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atoms in the ring (monocyclic) including but not limited to imidazole, furyl, pyrrole, furanyl, thiene, thiazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, purine, pyrazine, triazole, oxazole, or fused ring systems such as indole, quinoline, etc., among others, which may be optionally substituted as described above. Heteroaryl groups include nitrogen-containing heteroaryl groups such as pyrrole, pyridine, pyridone, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyrazole, imidazole, triazole, triazine, tetrazole, indole, isoindole, indolizine, purine, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinolizine, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, imidazopyridine, imidazotriazine, pyrazinopyridazine, acridine, phenanthridine, carbazole, carbazoline, perimidine, phenanthroline, phenacene, oxadiazole, benzimidazole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine and pyridopyrimidine; sulfur-containing aromatic heterocycles such as thiophene and benzothiophene; oxygen-containing aromatic heterocycles such as furan, pyran, cyclopentapyran, benzofuran and isobenzofuran; and aromatic heterocycles comprising two or more hetero atoms selected from among nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, such as thiazole, thiadizole, isothiazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzothiadiazole, phenothiazine, isoxazole, furazan, phenoxazine, pyrazoloxazole, imidazothiazole, thienofuran, furopyrrole, pyridoxazine, furopyridine, furopyrimidine, thienopyrimidine and oxazole, among others, all of which may be optionally substituted.
  • The term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclo” refers to a cyclic group which contains at least one heteroatom, i.e., O, N, or S, and may be aromatic (heteroaryl) or non-aromatic. Exemplary non-aromatic heterocyclic groups for use in the present invention include, for example, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, oxathiolanyl, pyridone, 2-pyrrolidone, ethyleneurea, 1,3-dioxolane, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, phthalimide, and succinimide, among others, all of which may be optionally substituted.
  • The term “hydroxyl” refers to the group —OH.
  • The term “nitro” refers to the group —NO2.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” or prodrug” is used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as an ester, phosphoramidate, thiophosphoramidate, phosphate ester, salt of an ester, or a related group) of a β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide which, upon administration to a patient, provides the desired active compound. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartrate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, α-ketoglutarate, and α-glycerophosphate. Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium, or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (for example calcium) salts of carboxylic acids can also be made.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug” refers to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention. Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated, thiophoshoramidated, dethiophoshoramidated, phoshoramidated or dephosphoramidated to produce the active compound. The compounds of this invention possess antiviral activity against HCV, or are metabolized to a compound that exhibits such activity. The β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleoside can also be administered as a 5′-phosphoether lipid, a bisphosphoramidate, a 3′,5′-cyclic phosphoramidate, a 3′,5′-cyclic thiophosphoramidate, a DTE conjugate, a mixed phosphoramidate-SATE derivative or a “SATE” derivative.
  • The term “phosphonic acid” refers to the group —P(O)(OH)2.
  • In one embodiment, the term purine or pyrimidine base includes, but is not limited to, adenine, N6-alkylpurines, N6-acylpurines (wherein acyl is —C(O)alkyl, —C(O)(aryl)C0-C4alkyl, or —C(O)(C0-C4alkyl)aryl), N6-benzylpurine, N6-halopurine, N6-vinylpurine, N6-acetylenic purine, N6-acyl purine, N6-hydroxyalkyl purine, N6-thioalkyl purine, N2-alkylpurines, N2-alkyl-6-thiopurines, thymine, cytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, 5-methylcytosine, 6-azapyrimidine, including 6-azacytosine, 2- and/or 4-mercaptopyrmidine, uracil, 5-halouracil, including 5-fluorouracil, C5-alkylpyrimidines, C5-benzylpyrimidines, C5-halopyrimidines, C5-vinylpyrimidine, C5-acetylenic pyrimidine, C5-acyl pyrimidine, C5-hydroxyalkyl purine, C5-amidopyrimidine, C5-cyanopyrimidine, C5-nitropyrimidine, C5-aminopyrimidine, N2-alkylpurines, N2-alkyl-6-thiopurines, 5-azacytidinyl, 5-azauracilyl, triazolopyridinyl, imidazolopyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, and pyrazolo-pyrimidinyl. Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 2,6-diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired. Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include benzyl, trimethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl; methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl. Alternatively, the purine or pyrimidine base can optionally be substituted such that it forms a viable prodrug, which can be cleaved in vivo. Examples of appropriate substituents include an acyl moiety.
  • The term “substituted” or “optionally substituted” indicates that the moiety can have at least one additional substituent including, but not limited to, halogen (F, Cl, Br, I), OH, phenyl, benzyl, N3, CN, acyl, alkyl, including methyl; alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl; including CHF2, CH2F and CF3; etc. In one embodiment, the term “substituted” or “optionally substituted” indicates that the moiety can have at least one additional substituent including, but not limited to, azido, cyano, halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo), alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl, heteroaryl, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxy, amino, —NH(C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl), —NH(C1-C6 substituted alkyl), —NH—(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C8cycloalkyl), —NH—(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C8heterocycle), —NH—(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), —N(C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl)2, —N(C1-C6 unsubstituted alkyl)(C1-C6 substituted alkyl), —N(C1-C6 substituted alkyl)2, —NH—(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C8cycloalkyl), —NH—(C0-C2alkyl)(C3-C8heterocycle), —NH—(C0-C2alkyl)(aryl), acyl, nitro, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, phosphonate, or thiol.
  • The term “sulfonate esters”, represented by the formula, R14S(O)2OR15, comprise R14 wherein R14 is alkyl, haloalkyl, aralkyl or aryl. R15 is alkyl, aryl or aralkyl.
  • The term “sulfonic acid” refers to the group —SO2OH.
  • The term “thiol” refers to the group —SH.
  • The term “nitrogen-protecting group” as used herein refers to a moiety that is covalently attached to nitrogen and which can be removed, and typically replaced with hydrogen, when appropriate. For example, a nitrogen-protecting group may be a group that is removed in vivo after administration to a host, in vitro by a cell, or it may be removed during a manufacturing process. Suitable nitrogen-protecting groups useful in the present invention are described by Greene and Wuts in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1991) New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
  • The term “oxygen-protecting group” as used herein refers to a moiety that is covalently attached to oxygen and which can be removed, and typically replaced with hydrogen, when appropriate. For example, an oxygen-protecting group may be a group that is removed in vivo after administration to a host, in vitro by a cell, or it may be removed during a manufacturing process. Suitable oxygen-protecting groups useful in the present invention are described by Greene and Wuts in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (1991) New York, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
  • “Phosphate” refers to the group —OP(O)(OH)2.
  • “Phosphate ester” refers to mono, di, and tri phosphates unless otherwise indicated.
  • The term “phosphoamidate”, “phosphoramidate”, or “phosphoroamidate” is a moiety that has a phosphorus bound to three oxygen groups and an amine (which may optionally be substituted). Suitable phosphoramidates useful in the present invention are described by Madela, Karolina and McGuigan in 2012, “Progress in the development of anti-hepatitis C virus nucleoside and nucleotide prodrugs”, Future Medicinal Chemistry 4(5), pages 625-650 10:1021/jm300074y and Dominique, McGuigan and Balzarini in 2004, “Aryloxy Phosphoramidate Triesters as Pro-Tides”, Mini Reviews in Medicinal Chemistry 4(4), pages 371-381. Additional phosphoramidates useful in the present invention are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,233,031, 7,115,590, 7,547,704, 7,879,815, 7,888,330, 7,902,202, 7,951,789, 7,964,580, 8,071,568; 8,148,349, 8,263,575, 8,324,179, 8,334,270, 8,552,021, 8,563,530, 8,580,765, 8,735,372, 8,759,318; EP 2120565; EP 1143995; 6,455,513; and 8,334,270. Other phosphoramidates are described in the nucleoside patents described in the Background of the Invention.
  • Phosphoramidate groups for use in the present invention include those of the structures:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00152
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00153
  • Other phosphoramidates for use in the present invention include those of the structure:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00154
  • wherein:
  • RP1 is an optionally substituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic group or a linked combination thereof; and
  • RP2 is a —NRN1RN2 group or a B′ group;
  • wherein:
  • RN1 and RN2 are each independently H, C1-8 alkyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-; which may be optionally substituted; or
  • RN1 and RN2 along with the nitrogen atom to which that are attached, join to form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring;
  • B′ is a
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00155
  • wherein:
  • R16 is hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, β-alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine (often R16 is hydrogen, methyl, isopropyl, or isobutyl);
  • R17 is hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, β-alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine (often R17 is hydrogen, methyl, isopropyl, or isobutyl);
  • R18 is hydrogen or C1-C3alkyl; or
  • R16 and R17 can form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)heterocyclic group; or
  • R18 and R16 or R17 can form (C3-C6)heterocyclic group; and
  • R19 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)alkenyl, (C3-C6)alkynyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-; or
  • B′ is a
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00156
  • wherein:
  • R20 is hydrogen, (C1-C3)alkyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-;
  • R21 is hydrogen, (C1-C3)alkyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-; and
  • R18 and R10 are as defined above.
  • Preferred RP1 groups include optionally substituted phenyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl groups, especially those groups (particularly lipophilic groups) which enhance bioavailability of the compounds in the cells of the patient and which exhibit reduced toxicity, enhanced therapeutic index and enhanced pharmacokinetics (the compounds are metabolized and excreted more slowly).
  • The term phosphoramidate is used throughout the specification to describe a group that is found at the 5′ or 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and forms a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound. In one embodiment, phosphoramidates can be found at both the 5′ and 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound. In another embodiment, the phosphoramidate found at the 5′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside can form a cyclic phosphoramidate compound by forming a bond with the 3′-hydroxyl substituent at the 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound.
  • The term “thiophosphoamidate”, “thiophosphoramidate”, or “thiophosphoroamidate” is a moiety that has a phosphorus bound to sulfur, two oxygen groups and an amine (which may optionally be substituted). Thiophosphoramidates useful in the present invention are described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,772,474 and WO 2012/040124.
  • Thiophosphoramidate groups for use in the present invention include those of the structures:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00157
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00158
  • Other thiophosphoramidates include those of the structure:
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00159
  • wherein:
  • RP1 is an optionally substituted linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic group or a linked combination thereof; and
  • RP2 is a —NRN1RN2 group or a B′ group;
  • wherein:
  • RN1 and RN2 are each independently H, C1-C8 alkyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, or (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-; or
  • RN1 and RN2 along with the nitrogen atom to which that are attached, join to form a 3 to 7 membered heterocyclic ring;
  • B′ is a
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00160
  • wherein:
  • R16 is hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, β-alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine (often R16 is hydrogen, methyl, isopropyl, or isobutyl);
  • R17 is hydrogen, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C8)alkenyl, (C2-C8)alkynyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-, or the sidechain of an amino acid, for example a sidechain of an amino acid (as otherwise described herein) often selected from the group consisting of alanine, β-alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, cystine, glutamic acid, glutamine, glycine, phenylalanine, histidine, isoleucine, lysine, leucine, methionine, proline, serine, threonine, valine, tryptophan, or tyrosine (often R17 is hydrogen, methyl, isopropyl, or isobutyl);
  • R18 is hydrogen or C1-C3alkyl; or
  • R16 and R17 can form a (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or (C3-C7)heterocyclic group; or
  • R18 and R16 or R17 can form (C3-C6) heterocyclic group; and
  • R19 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)alkenyl, (C3-C6)alkynyl, (C3-C8cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl-, (aryl)C0-C4alkyl-, (C3-C6heterocyclo)C0-C4alkyl-, (heteroaryl)C0-C4alky-; or
  • B′ is a
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00161
  • and
  • R18, R19, R20 and R21 are as defined above.
  • Preferred RP1 groups include optionally substituted phenyl, naphthyl, and monocyclic heteroaryl groups, especially those groups (particularly lipophilic groups) which enhance bioavailability of the compounds into the cells of the patient and which exhibit reduced toxicity, enhanced therapeutic index and enhanced pharmacokinetics (the compounds are metabolized and excreted more slowly).
  • The thiophosphoramidate can be at the 5′ or 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound to form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound. In one embodiment, thiophosphoramidates can be found at both the 5′ and 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound. In another embodiment, the thiophosphoramidate found at the 5′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside can form a cyclic thiophosphoramidate compound by forming a bond with the 3′-hydroxyl substituent at the 3′ position of the furanose ring of the nucleoside compound and form a prodrug form of the nucleoside compound.
  • The term “D-configuration” as used in the context of the present invention refers to the principle configuration which mimics the natural configuration of sugar moieties as opposed to the unnatural occurring nucleosides or “L” configuration. The term “β” or “β anomer” is used with reference to nucleoside analogs in which the nucleoside base is configured (disposed) above the plane of the furanose moiety in the nucleoside analog.
  • The terms “coadminister” and “coadministration” or combination therapy are used to describe the administration of at least one of the 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-nucleoside compounds according to the present invention in combination with at least one other active agent, for example where appropriate at least one additional anti-HCV agent, including other 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-nucleoside agents which are disclosed herein. The timing of the coadministration is best determined by the medical specialist treating the patient. It is sometimes preferred that the agents be administered at the same time. Alternatively, the drugs selected for combination therapy may be administered at different times to the patient. Of course, when more than one viral or other infection or other condition is present, the present compounds may be combined with other agents to treat that other infection or condition as required.
  • The term “host”, as used herein, refers to a unicellular or multicellular organism in which a HCV virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and typically a human. The term host specifically refers to infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of a HCV genome, and animals, in particular, primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications of the present invention, the host is a human patient. Veterinary applications, in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention (such as chimpanzees). The host can be for example, bovine, equine, avian, canine, feline, etc.
    • Isotopic Substitution
  • The present invention includes compounds and the use of compounds with desired isotopic substitutions of atoms, at amounts above the natural abundance of the isotope, i.e., enriched. Isotopes are atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers, i.e., the same number of protons but a different number of neutrons. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen, for example, deuterium (2H) and tritium (3H) may be used anywhere in described structures. Alternatively or in addition, isotopes of carbon, e.g., 13C and 14C, may be used. A preferred isotopic substitution is deuterium for hydrogen at one or more locations on the molecule to improve the performance of the drug. The deuterium can be bound in a location of bond breakage during metabolism (an α-deuterium kinetic isotope effect) or next to or near the site of bond breakage (a β-deuterium kinetic isotope effect). Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (WO/2014/169278 and WO/2014/169280) describes deuteration of nucleotides to improve their pharmacokinetics or pharmacodynamics, including at the 5-position of the molecule.
  • Substitution with isotopes such as deuterium can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. Substitution of deuterium for hydrogen at a site of metabolic break down can reduce the rate of or eliminate the metabolism at that bond. At any position of the compound that a hydrogen atom may be present, the hydrogen atom can be any isotope of hydrogen, including protium (1H), deuterium (2H) and tritium (3H). Thus, reference herein to a compound encompasses all potential isotopic forms unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • The term “isotopically-labeled” analog refers to an analog that is a “deuterated analog”, a “13C-labeled analog,” or a “deuterated/13C-labeled analog.” The term “deuterated analog” means a compound described herein, whereby a H-isotope, i.e., hydrogen/protium (1H), is substituted by a H-isotope, i.e., deuterium (2H). Deuterium substitution can be partial or complete. Partial deuterium substitution means that at least one hydrogen is substituted by at least one deuterium.
  • In certain embodiments, the isotope is 90, 95 or 99% or more enriched in an isotope at any location of interest. In some embodiments it is deuterium that is 90, 95 or 99% enriched at a desired location. Unless indicated to the contrary, the deuteration is at least 80% at the selected location. Deuteration of the nucleoside can occur at any replaceable hydrogen that provides the desired results.
    • III. Methods of Treatment or Prophylaxis
  • Treatment, as used herein, refers to the administration of an active compound to a host that is infected with a HCV virus.
  • The term “prophylactic” or preventative, when used, refers to the administration of an active compound to prevent or reduce the likelihood of an occurrence of the viral disorder. The present invention includes both treatment and prophylactic or preventative therapies. In one embodiment, the active compound is administered to a host who has been exposed to and thus at risk of infection by a hepatitis C virus infection.
  • The invention is directed to a method of treatment or prophylaxis of a hepatitis C virus, including drug resistant and multidrug resistant forms of HCV and related disease states, conditions, or complications of an HCV infection, including cirrhosis and related hepatotoxicities, as well as other conditions that are secondary to a HCV infection, such as weakness, loss of appetite, weight loss, breast enlargement (especially in men), rash (especially on the palms), difficulty with clotting of blood, spider-like blood vessels on the skin, confusion, coma (encephalopathy), buildup of fluid in the abdominal cavity (ascites), esophageal varices, portal hypertension, kidney failure, enlarged spleen, decrease in blood cells, anemia, thrombocytopenia, jaundice, and hepatocellular cancer, among others. The method comprises administering to a host in need thereof an effective amount of at least one β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotide as described herein, optionally in combination with at least one additional bioactive agent, for example, an additional anti-HCV agent, further in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier additive and/or excipient.
  • In yet another aspect, the present invention is a method for prevention or prophylaxis of a an HCV infection or a disease state or related or follow-on disease state, condition or complication of an HCV infection, including cirrhosis and related hepatotoxicities, weakness, loss of appetite, weight loss, breast enlargement (especially in men), rash (especially on the palms), difficulty with clotting of blood, spider-like blood vessels on the skin, confusion, coma (encephalopathy), buildup of fluid in the abdominal cavity (ascites), esophageal varices, portal hypertension, kidney failure, enlarged spleen, decrease in blood cells, anemia, thrombocytopenia, jaundice, and hepatocellular (liver) cancer, among others, said method comprising administering to a patient at risk with an effective amount of at least one compound according to the present invention as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive, or excipient, optionally in combination with another anti-HCV agent. In another embodiment, the active compounds of the invention can be administered to a patient after a hepatitis-related liver transplantation to protect the new organ.
  • The 5′-stabilized β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotide can be administered if desired as any salt or prodrug that upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing directly or indirectly the parent compound, or that exhibits activity itself. Nonlimiting examples are the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and a compound, which has been modified at a function group, such as a hydroxyl or amine function, to modify the biological activity, pharmacokinetics, half-life, controlled delivery, lipophilicity, absorption kinetics, ease of phosphorylation to the active 5′-triphosphate or efficiency of delivery using a desired route of administration; of the compound. Methods to modify the properties of an active compound to achieve target properties are known to those of skill in the art or can easily be assessed by standard methods, for example, acylation, phosphorylation, thiophosphoramidation, phosphoramidation, phosphonation, alkylation, or pegylation.
    • IV. Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • In an aspect of the invention, pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention comprise an anti-HCV virus effective amount of at least one of the 5′-stabilized β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds described herein, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive, or excipient, further optionally in combination or alternation with at least one other active compound.
  • In an aspect of the invention, pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention comprise an anti-HCV effective amount of at least one of the active β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds described herein, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, additive, or excipient, further optionally in combination with at least one other antiviral, such as an anti-HCV agent.
  • The invention includes pharmaceutical compositions that include an effective amount to treat a hepatitis C virus infection, of one of the β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds of the present invention or its salt or prodrug, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In an alternative embodiment, the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions that include an effective amount to prevent a hepatitis C virus infection, of one of the β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-M-substituted purine nucleotide compounds of the present invention or its salt or prodrug, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a therapeutically effective amount will vary with the infection or condition to be treated, its severity, the treatment regimen to be employed, the pharmacokinetics of the agent used, as well as the patient or subject (animal or human) to be treated, and such therapeutic amount can be determined by the attending physician or specialist.
  • The 5′-stabilized β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified —N6-substituted purine nucleotide compounds according to the present invention can be formulated in an admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In general, it is preferable to administer the pharmaceutical composition in orally-administrable form, but certain formulations may be administered via a parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, topical, transdermal, buccal, subcutaneous, suppository, or other route, including intranasal spray. Intravenous and intramuscular formulations are often administered in sterile saline. One of ordinary skill in the art may modify the formulations to render them more soluble in water or other vehicle, for example, this can be easily accomplished by minor modifications (salt formulation, esterification, etc.) which are well within the ordinary skill in the art. It is also well within the routineers' skill to modify the route of administration and dosage regimen of a particular compound in order to manage the pharmacokinetics of the present compounds for maximum beneficial effect in patients.
  • In certain pharmaceutical dosage forms, the prodrug form of the compounds, especially including acylated (acetylated or other), and ether (alkyl and related) derivatives, phosphate esters, thiophosphoramidates, phosphoramidates, and various salt forms of the present compounds, are preferred. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize how to readily modify the present compounds to prodrug forms to facilitate delivery of active compounds to a targeted site within the host organism or patient. The routineer also will take advantage of favorable pharmacokinetic parameters of the prodrug forms, where applicable, in delivering the present compounds to a targeted site within the host organism or patient to maximize the intended effect of the compound.
  • The amount of compound included within therapeutically active formulations according to the present invention is an effective amount for treating the HCV infection, reducing the likelihood of a HCV infection or the inhibition, reduction, and/or abolition of HCV or its secondary effects, including disease states, conditions, and/or complications which occur secondary to HCV. In general, a therapeutically effective amount of the present compound in pharmaceutical dosage form usually ranges from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg per day or more, more often, slightly less than about 0.1 mg/kg to more than about 25 mg/kg per day of the patient or considerably more, depending upon the compound used, the condition or infection treated and the route of administration. The active nucleoside compound according to the present invention is often administered in amounts ranging from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 15 mg/kg per day of the patient, depending upon the pharmacokinetics of the agent in the patient. This dosage range generally produces effective blood level concentrations of active compound which may range from about 0.001 to about 100, about 0.05 to about 100 micrograms/cc of blood in the patient.
  • Often, to treat, prevent or delay the onset of these infections and/or to reduce the likelihood of an HCV virus infection, or a secondary disease state, condition or complication of HCV, the compositions will be administered in oral dosage form in amounts ranging from about 250 micrograms up to about 500 mg or more at least once a day, for example, at least 25, 50, 100, 150, 250 or 500 milligrams, up to four times a day. The present compounds are often administered orally, but may be administered parenterally, topically, or in suppository form, as well as intranasally, as a nasal spray or as otherwise described herein.
  • In the case of the co-administration of the present compounds in combination with another anti-HCV compound as otherwise described herein, the amount of the compound according to the present invention to be administered ranges from about 0.01 mg/kg of the patient to about 500 mg/kg. or more of the patient or considerably more, depending upon the second agent to be co-administered and its potency against the virus, the condition of the patient and severity of the disease or infection to be treated and the route of administration. The other anti-HCV agent may for example be administered in amounts ranging from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg. In certain preferred embodiments, these compounds may be often administered in an amount ranging from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg or more (usually up to about 100 mg/kg), generally depending upon the pharmacokinetics of the two agents in the patient. These dosage ranges generally produce effective blood level concentrations of active compound in the patient.
  • For purposes of the present invention, a prophylactically or preventive effective amount of the compositions according to the present invention falls within the same concentration range as set forth above for therapeutically effective amount and is usually the same as a therapeutically effective amount.
  • Administration of the active compound may range from continuous (intravenous drip) to several oral or intranasal administrations per day (for example, Q.I.D.) or transdermal administration and may include oral, topical, parenteral, intramuscular, intravenous, sub-cutaneous, transdermal (which may include a penetration enhancement agent), buccal, and suppository administration, among other routes of administration. Enteric coated oral tablets may also be used to enhance bioavailability of the compounds for an oral route of administration. The most effective dosage form will depend upon the bioavailability/pharmacokinetics of the particular agent chosen as well as the severity of disease in the patient. Oral dosage forms are particularly preferred, because of ease of administration and prospective favorable patient compliance.
  • To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds according to the present invention is often intimately admixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques to produce a dose. A carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral. In preparing pharmaceutical compositions in oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be used. Thus, for liquid oral preparations such as suspensions, elixirs, and solutions, suitable carriers and additives including water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents, and the like may be used. For solid oral preparations such as powders, tablets, capsules, and for solid preparations such as suppositories, suitable carriers and additives including starches, sugar carriers, such as dextrose, manifold, lactose, and related carriers, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents, and the like may be used. If desired, the tablets or capsules may be enteric-coated or sustained release by standard techniques. The use of these dosage forms may significantly enhance the bioavailability of the compounds in the patient.
  • For parenteral formulations, the carrier will usually comprise sterile water or aqueous sodium chloride solution, though other ingredients, including those which aid dispersion, also may be included. Of course, where sterile water is to be used and maintained as sterile, the compositions and carriers must also be sterilized. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents, and the like may be employed.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to viral antigens) may also be prepared by conventional methods to produce pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. This may be appropriate for the delivery of free nucleosides, acyl/alkyl nucleosides or phosphate ester prodrug forms of the nucleoside compounds according to the present invention.
  • In typical embodiments according to the present invention, the compounds and compositions are used to treat, prevent or delay a HCV infection or a secondary disease state, condition or complication of HCV.
    • V. Combination and Alternation Therapy
  • It is well recognized that drug-resistant variants of viruses can emerge after prolonged treatment with an antiviral agent. Drug resistance most typically occurs by mutation of a gene that encodes for an enzyme used in viral replication. The efficacy of a drug against an HCV infection, can be prolonged, augmented, or restored by administering the compound in combination or alternation with another, and perhaps even two or three other, antiviral compounds that induce a different mutation or act through a different pathway, from that of the principle drug. Alternatively, the pharmacokinetics, bio distribution, half-life, or other parameter of the drug can be altered by such combination therapy (which may include alternation therapy if considered concerted). Since the disclosed β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides are NSSB polymerase inhibitors, it may be useful to administer the compound to a host in combination with, for example a:
  • (1) Protease inhibitor, such as an NS3/4A protease inhibitor;
  • (2) NSSA inhibitor;
  • (3) Another NSSB polymerase inhibitor;
  • (4) NSSB non-substrate inhibitor;
  • (5) Interferon alfa-2a, which may be pegylated or otherwise modified, and/or ribavirin;
  • (6) Non-substrate-based inhibitor;
  • (7) Helicase inhibitor;
  • (8) Antisense oligodeoxynucleotide (S-ODN);
  • (9) Aptamer;
  • (10) Nuclease-resistant ribozyme;
  • (11) iRNA, including microRNA and SiRNA;
  • (12) Antibody, partial antibody or domain antibody to the virus, or
  • (13) Viral antigen or partial antigen that induces a host antibody response.
  • Non limiting examples of anti-HCV agents that can be administered in combination with the β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides of the invention are:
      • (i) protease inhibitors such as telaprevir (Incivek®), boceprevir (Victrelis™), simeprevir (Olysio™), paritaprevir (ABT-450), ACH-2684; AZD-7295; BMS-791325; danoprevir; Filibuvir; GS-9256; GS-9451; MK-5172; Setrobuvir; Sovaprevir; Tegobuvir; VX-135; VX-222 and ALS-220;
      • (ii) NS5A inhibitor such as ACH-2928, ACH-3102, IDX-719, daclatasvir, ledispasvir and Ombitasvir (ABT-267);
      • (iii) NS5B inhibitors such as ACH-3422; AZD-7295; Clemizole; ITX-5061; PPI-461; PPI-688, Sovaldi®, MK-3682, and mericitabine;
      • (iv) NSSB inhibitors such as ABT-333, MBX-700; and,
      • (v) Antibody such as GS-6624.
  • If the β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotide is administered to treat advanced hepatitis C virus leading to liver cancer or cirrhosis, in one embodiment, the compound can be administered in combination or alternation with another drug that is typically used to treat hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC), for example, as described by Andrew Zhu in “New Agents on the Horizon in Hepatocellular Carcinoma” Therapeutic Advances in Medical Oncology, V 5(1), January 2013, 41-50. Examples of suitable compounds for combination therapy where the host has or is at risk of HCC include anti-angiogenic agents, sunitinib, brivanib, linifanib, ramucirumab, bevacizumab, cediranib, pazopanib, TSU-68, lenvatinib, antibodies against EGFR, mTor inhibitors, MEK inhibitors, and histone decetylace inhibitors.
  • Drugs that are currently approved for influenza are Amantadine, Rimantadine and Oseltamivir. Any of these drugs can be used in combination or alternation with an active compound provided herein to treat a viral infection susceptible to such. Ribavirin is used to treat measles, Influenza A, influenza B, parainfluenza, severe RSV bronchiolitis and SARS as well as other viral infections, and therefore is particularly useful in combination with the present compound for treatment of the host infected with a single stranded RNA virus. Palivizumab is approved for use in infants with high risk for RSV infection.
  • Currently, there are no approved drugs for West Nile virus. Physicians are recommended to provide intensive support therapy, which may involve hospitalization, intravenous fluids, use of a ventilator to assist breathing, medications to control seizures, brain swelling, nausea and vomiting, and the use of antibiotics to prevent bacterial infections for making the disease even worse. This highlights the importance of the present compounds for viral medical therapy.
    • VI. Process of Preparation of β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-13-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-Substituted Purine Nucleotides of the Invention
  • General methods for providing the compounds of the present invention are known in the art or described herein. The synthesis of 2′-chloro nucleotides is described in US 20150366888, WO 2014058801; WO 2015/066370 and WO 2015200219.
  • The following abbreviations are used in the synthetic schemes.
  • CBr4: Carbon tetrabromide
  • DBU: 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • DCM: Dichloromethane
  • THF: Tetrahydrofuran (THF), anhydrous
  • EtOAc: Ethyl acetate
  • EtOH: Ethanol
  • Li(OtBu)3AlH: Lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride
  • Na2SO4: Sodium sulphate (anhydrous)
  • MeCN: Acetonitrile
  • MeNH2: Methylamine
  • MeOH: Methanol
  • Na2SO4: Sodium sulfate
  • NaHCO3: Sodium bicarbonate
  • NH4Cl: Ammonium chloride
  • NH4OH: Ammonium hydroxide
  • PE: Petroleum ether
  • Ph3P: Triphenylphosphine
  • Silica gel (230 to 400 mesh, Sorbent)
  • t-BuMgCl: t-Butyl magnesium chloride
  • t-BuOK: Sodium tert-butoxide
  • t-BuOH: Tert-butanol
    • EXAMPLES General Methods
  • 1H, 19F and 31P NMR spectra were recorded on a 300 MHz Fourier transform Brücker spectrometer. Spectra were obtained from samples prepared in 5 mm diameter tubes in CDCl3, CD3OD or DMSO-d6. The spin multiplicities are indicated by the symbols s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet) and, br (broad). Coupling constants (J) are reported in Hz. MS spectra were obtained using electrospray ionization (ESI) on an Agilent Technologies 6120 quadrupole MS apparatus. The reactions were generally carried out under a dry nitrogen atmosphere using Sigma-Aldrich anhydrous solvents. All common chemicals were purchased from commercial sources.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00162
    • Example 1. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate Step 1. Preparation of ((2R,3R,4R,5R)-3-(benzoyloxy)-5-bromo-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl benzoate (2)
  • To a solution of (2R)-3,5-di-O-benzoyl-2-fluoro-2-C-methyl-D-ribono-γ-lactone (24.8 g, 66.6 mmol) in dry THF (333 mL), under a nitrogen atmosphere and cooled to −30° C., was added lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (1.0 M in THF, 22.6 mL, 22.6 mmol) dropwise. After completion of the addition the reaction mixture was slowly warmed up to −15° C. over 90 min then EtOAc was added (300 mL) and the mixture was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (200 mL). The resulting solution was filtered on Celite® and the filtrate was extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organics were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was taken up in dry DCM (225 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere, cooled to −20° C., then PPh3 (19.1 g, 72.8 mmol) was added. After 10 min of stirring at −20° C., CBr4 (26.0 g, 78.4 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to slowly warm up to 0° C. over 2 h. The resulting mixture was poured onto a silica gel column and eluted with PE/EtOAc (gradient 100:0 to 80:20). The fractions containing the α-bromofuranoside were collected and concentrated to afford the product 2 (18.1 g, 41.3 mmol, 62% over two steps) as a thick colorless oil.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.15-8.11 (m, 2H), 8.04-8.01 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.41 (m, 4H), 6.34 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J=5.5, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.85 (m, 1H), 4.78 (dd, J=12.5, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (dd, J=12.5, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 1.72 (d, J=21.6 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl3) δ −150.0.
    • Step 2. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(benzoyloxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-yl benzoate (3)
  • 2-Amino-6-chloropurine (2.63 g, 15.5 mmol) was suspended in t-BuOH (54 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was heated to 30° C. then potassium tert-butoxide (1.69 g, 15.1 mmol) was added. After 45 min a solution of bromofuranoside 2 (2.24 g, 5.12 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous MeCN (6 mL) was added, the reaction mixture was heated to 65° C. for 16 h then cooled down to room temperature. A saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (70 mL) was added and the resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (3×60 mL). The combined organics were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified twice by column chromatography (gradient PE/EtOAc 80:20 to 0:100 then 60:40 to 20:80) to afford the product 3 (1.56 g, 2.96 mmol, 57%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05-8.02 (m, 2H), 7.95-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.41 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.43 (dd, J=22.6, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (d, J=18.3 Hz, 1H), 5.34 (br s, 2H), 5.00 (dd, J=11.9, 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.79-4.73 (m, 1H), 4.60 (dd, J=11.9, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 1.34 (d, J=22.6 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl3) δ −157.0. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C25H22FN5O5 [M+H]+ 526.9; found 527.0.
    • Step 3. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (4)
  • To a solution of compound 3 (575 mg, 1.09 mmol) in MeOH (9 mL) was added methylamine (33% in absolute EtOH, 1.7 mL, 1.81 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 85° C. in a sealed tube for 16 h, cooled down to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 85:15) then reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford the product 4 (286 mg, 0.91 mmol, 84%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 6.11 (d, J=18.1 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dd, J=24.4, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.07-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.86 (dd, J=12.9, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (br s, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=22.3 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.7. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C12H19FN6O3 [M+H]+ 313.1; found 313.2.
    • Step 4. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (5)
  • To a solution of compound 4 (114 mg, 365 μmol) in dry THF (4 mL), under a nitrogen atmosphere and cooled to 0° C. was added t-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 0.66 mL, 660 μmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. then a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate, Ross, B. S., Reddy, P. G., Zhang, H. R., Rachakonda, S., and Sofia, M. J., J. Org, Chem., (2011), (253 mg, 558 μmol) dissolved in dry THF (1 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min followed by 18 h at room temperature then quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried, filtered (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) then reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 5 (a mixture of diastereomers, 101 mg, 174 μmol, 48%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.83 (s, 0.55H), 7.82 (s, 0.45H), 7.38-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.15 (d, J=18.5 Hz, 0.45H), (d, J=18.8 Hz, 0.55H), 4.99-4.88 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.65-4.36 (m, 3H), 4.25-4.17 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.05 (br s, 3H), 1.32-1.28 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.15 (m, 9H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −162.8 (s),−163.3 (s). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.10 (s), 3.99 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C24H34FN7O7P [M+H]+ 582.2; found 582.2.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00163
    • Example 2. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-Amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (7) Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (6)
  • To a solution of compound 3, from Example 1, (500 mg, 0.95 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) was added dimethylamine hydrochloride (783 mg, 9.6 mmol) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (1.43 mL, 9.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 85° C. in a sealed tube for 6 h, cooled down to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 85:15) then by reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 6 (200 mg, 0.61 mmol, 64%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 6.14 (d, J=18.1 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dd, J=24.4, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.87 (dd, J=12.8, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (br s, 6H), 1.16 (d, J=22.0 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.8. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C13H20FN6O3 [M+H]+ 327.2; found 327.2.
    • Step 2. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (7)
  • To a solution of compound 6 (80 mg, 245 μmol) in dry THF (4 mL), under a nitrogen atmosphere and cooled to 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 0.64 mL, 640 μmol) drop-wise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. then a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (167 mg, 367 μmol) dissolved in dry THF (4 mL) was added drop-wise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried, filtered (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) and then by reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford the product 7 (mixture of diastereomers, 35 mg, 58 μmol, 24%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.83 (s, 0.5H), 7.82 (s, 0.5H), 7.34-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.15 (d, J=18.7 Hz, 0.5H), 6.13 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 0.5H), 4.99-4.85 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.65-4.26 (m, 3H), 4.27-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.42, 3.41 (2br s, 6H), 1.36-1.25 (m, 3H), 1.24-1.11 (m, 9H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −162.7 (s),−163.2 (s). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.08 (s), 4.00 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C25H36FN7O7P [M+H]+ 596.5; found 596.2.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00164
    • Example 3. Preparation of Isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (9) Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-Amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (8)
  • To a solution of compound 3 (600 mg, 1.14 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added N-methylcyclopropylamine hydrochloride (366 mg, 3.40 mmol) and triethylamine (470 μL, 3.40 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 15 h and cooled down to room temperature. An aqueous solution containing 30% NH4OH (4 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 2 h, cooled down and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford product 8 (351 mg, 0.99 mmol, 87%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 6.15 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (dd, J=24.3, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.06-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.89-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.32 (m, 3H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, J=22.2 Hz, 3H), 0.96-0.89 (m, 2H), 0.74-0.69 (m, 2H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.8. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C15H22FN6O3 [M+H]+ 353.2; found 353.2.
    • Step 2. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (9)
  • To a solution of compound 8 (200 mg, 0.57 mmol) in dry THF (15 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 680 μL, 0.68 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (283 mg, 0.62 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (4 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) and then by reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 9 (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 160 mg, 0.26 mmol, 45%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.18 (d, J=18.6 Hz) and 6.16 (d, J=18.9 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.90 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.58-4.47 (m, 3H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.34 (overlapped with MeOH, m, 3H), 3.19-3.12 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.22 (m, 12H), 0.96-0.89 (m, 2H), 0.74-0.69 (m, 2H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.11 (s), 4.02 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C27H38FN7O7P [M+H]+ 622.2; found 622.2.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00165
    • Example 4. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-bis-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (12) Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-dichloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(benzoyloxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-yl benzoate (10)
  • The compound 2,6-dichloropurine (1.30 g, 6.86 mmol) was suspended in t-BuOH (25 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. Potassium tert-butoxide (778 mg, 6.92 mmol) was added portion-wise then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, a solution of bromofuranoside 2 (1.0 g, 2.29 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous MeCN (20 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 65° C. overnight and then cooled down to room temperature. A saturated aq. NH4Cl solution was added and the resulting solution was extracted with EtOAc (3 times). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient PE/EtOAc 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 10 (148 mg, 0.27 mmol, 12%) as a sticky solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.12-8.09 (m, 2H), 8.02-7.99 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.39 (m, 6H), 6.38 (d, J=17.2 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (dd, J=21.2, 8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.90-4.68 (m, 3H), 1.33 (d, J=22.4 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CDCl3) δ −158.0. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C25H20Cl2FN4O5 [M+H]+ 546.4; found 546.3.
    • Step 2. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-bis-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (11)
  • A solution of compound 10 (148 mg, 0.27 mmol) in methylamine (33% in EtOH, 30 mL) was heated at 130° C. in a sealed tube for 4 days, cooled down to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 50:50) followed by reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 11 (33 mg, 0.10 mmol, 37%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.12 (d, J=18.5 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (dd, J=24.4, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 4.06-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 2.93 (s, 3H), 1.20 (d, J=22.4 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.2. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C13H20FN6O3 [M+H]+ 327.2; found 327.2.
    • Step 3. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-bis-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (12)
  • To a solution of compound 11 (55 mg, 0.17 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1 M in THF, 304 □L, 0.30 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. and then 15 min at room temperature. The solution was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (115 mg, 0.25 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (1 mL) was dropwise added over 10 min. The mixture was warmed slowly to room temperature and stirred for 4 days. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc (3 times). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 50:50) to yield product 12 (mixture of diastereomers, 13 mg, 0.02 mmol, 13%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.13 (d, J=19.1 Hz, 0.53H), 6.10 (d, J=19.2 Hz, 0.47H), 4.99-4.78 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.72-4.46 (m, 3H), 4.24-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.02 (br s, 3H), 2.92 (s+s, 3H), 1.29-1.11 (m, 12H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −162.0 (s), −162.3 (s). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.97 (s), 3.89 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C25H36FN7O7P [M+H]+ 596.6; found 596.2.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00166
    • Example 5. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-isobutyramido-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (16) Step 1. Preparation of Compound 13
  • To a solution of compound 4 (286 mg, 0.92 mmol) and imidazole (370 mg, 5.43 mmol) in dry DMF (6 mL) at 0° C. was added 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxane (300 μL, 0.94 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at RT, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and the suspension was washed with saturated aq. NH4Cl solution and brine (40 mL each). The organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient PE/EtOAc 7:3 to 3:7) to afford product 13 (283 mg, 0.51 mmol, 56%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C24H44FN6O4Si2 [M+H]+ 555.8; found 555.2.
    • Step 2. Preparation of Compound 14
  • To a solution of compound 13 (200 mg, 0.36 mmol) in dry pyridine (3 mL) at 0° C. was added isobutyryl chloride (38 μL, 0.36 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at RT. The reaction was quenched by the addition of water (500 The mixture was concentrated and co-evaporated with toluene (3×10 mL). The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient PE/EtOAc 1:0 to 1:1) to afford product 14 (99 mg, 0.16 mmol, 44%) as a white solid. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C28H50FN6O5Si2 [M+H]+ 625.9; found 625.3.
    • Step 3. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-isobutyramido-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (15)
  • To a solution of compound 14 (90 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M in THF, 38 μL, 0.38 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at RT and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 10:0 to 9:1) followed by reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to give product 15 (42 mg, 0.11 mmol, 77%) as a white solid. 41 NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.31 (s, 1H), 6.29 (d, J=17.9 Hz, 1H), 4.70-4.60 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.89 (dd, J=12.5, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 3.10 (br s, 3H), 2.87 (br s, 1H), 1.23-1.16 (m, 9H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.8. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C16H24FN6O4 [M+H]+ 383.4; found 383.2.
    • Step 4. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-isobutyramido-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (16)
  • To a solution of compound 15 (27 mg, 0.07 mmol) in dry THF (1 mL) at 0° C. was added t-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 130 μL, 0.13 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (50 mg, 0.11 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (1 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min followed by 18 h at room temperature then quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (2 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 95:5) then reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 16 (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 25 mg, 0.04 mmol, 54%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.27 (d, J=18.6 Hz) and 6.21 (d, J=19.1 Hz, 1H), 5.10-4.95 (m, 1H), 4.93-4.78 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.60-4.42 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.09 (br s, 3H), 2.84-2.80 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.15 (m, 18H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.69 (s). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.11 (s), 3.99 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C28H40FN7O8P [M+H]+ 652.6; found 652.3.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00167
    • Example 6. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (18) Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (17)
  • To a solution of compound 3 (150 mg, 0.29 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added N-methylethylamine (245 μL, 2.90 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 15 h, cooled down to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford product 31 (89 mg, 0.26 mmol, 89%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 6.13 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (dd, J=24.9, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.01 (m, 4H), 3.98-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.34 (br. s, 3H), 1.24-1.11 (m, 6H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.7. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C14H22FN6O3 [M+H]+ 341.2; found 341.2.
    • Step 2. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-ethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (18)
  • To a solution of compound 17 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 110 μL, 0.11 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (48 mg, 0.11 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (1 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford the product 18 (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 22 mg, 0.04 mmol, 40%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.04 (m, 5H), 6.05 (d, J=18.6 Hz) and 6.03 (d, J=18.9 Hz, 1H), 4.86-4.79 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.50-4.32 (m, 3H), 4.12-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.79 (m, 3H), 3.25 (br. s, 3H), 1.24-1.02 (m, 15H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.07 (s), 4.00 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C26H38FN7O7P [M+H]+ 609.3; found 609.2.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00168
    • Example 7. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-propylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (20) Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-propylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (19)
  • To a solution of compound 3 (150 mg, 0.29 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added N-methylpropylamine (295 μL, 2.90 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 15 h, cooled down to room temperature and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) then reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 19 (80 mg, 0.23 mmol, 78%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 6.13 (d, J=18.3, 1H), 4.40 (dd, J=24.2, 9.2 Hz, 1H), m, 4.06-3.84 (m, 5H), 1.68 (sept, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.15 (d, J=22.2 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.8. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C15H24FN6O3 [M+H]+ 355.2; found 355.2.
    • Step 2. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-propylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (20)
  • To a solution of compound 19 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 110 μL, 0.11 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (46 mg, 0.11 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (1 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford product 20 (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 22 mg, 0.03 mmol, 33%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.78, 7.77 (s+s, 1H), 7.37-7.13 (m, 5H), 6.15 (d, J=18.6 Hz) and 6.13 (d, J=18.9 Hz, 1H), 4.97-4.89 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.63-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.22-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.84 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.63 (3H, m), 1.32-1.27 (m, 3H), 1.23-1.13 (m, 9H), 0.94 (t, J=7.4 Hz) and 0.93 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.05 (s), 4.00 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C27H40FN7O7P [M+H]+ 623.3; found 623.2.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00169
    • Example 8. Preparation of Isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclobutylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (22) Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclobutylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (21)
  • To a solution of compound 3 (150 mg, 0.29 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added N-methylcyclobutylamine hydrochloride (105 mg, 0.90 mmol) and triethylamine (190 μL, 1.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 15 h and cooled down to room temperature. An aqueous solution containing 30% NH4OH (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 2 h, cooled down and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford product 21 (90 mg, 0.25 mmol, 86%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.09 (s, 1H), 6.14 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 5.80-5.70 (m, 1H), 4.44-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.19 (m, 4H), 1.79-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.17 (d, J=22.2 Hz, 3H). 19F NMR (282 MHz, CD3OD) δ −163.8. MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C16H24FN6O3 [M+H]+ 367.2; found 367.2.
    • Step 2. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methyl-cyclobutylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (22)
  • To a solution of compound 21 (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 210 μL, 0.21 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (74 mg, 0.16 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (2 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) and then by reverse phase column chromatography (gradient H2O/MeOH 100:0 to 0:100) to afford product 22 (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 24 mg, 0.04 mmol, 28%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.79 (s, 0.2H), 7.77 (s, 0.8H), 7.38-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.18 (d, J=17.6 Hz) and 6.16 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.81 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.43 (m, 3H), 4.25-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.83 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s) and 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.21 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.16 (m, 12H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.04 (s), 3.97 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C28H40FN7O7P [M+H]+ 636.3; found 636.2.
    • Modification of the 2-Amino Moiety in the Active Compounds
  • One of ordinary skill in the art can add a substituent to the 2-amino purine moiety by methods well known to those skilled in the art. One non-limiting process is provided here, and others can be easily adapted. ((2R,3R,4R,5R)-3-(benzoyloxy)-5-bromo-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl benzoate, is treated with commercially available 2,6-dichloropurine, a base and a mixture of organic solvents at an elevated temperature to generate (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-dichloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(benzoyloxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-yl benzoate. In one embodiment, the base is potassium tert-butoxide. In one embodiment, the mixture of organic solvents comprises tert-butanol and acetonitrile. The compound, (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2,6-dichloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(benzoyloxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-yl benzoate is treated with an amine, a base and an organic solvent at ambient temperature to generate 2-chloro-N6-substituted purines. In one embodiment, the amine is methylamine. In one embodiment, the base is triethylamine. In one embodiment, the organic solvent is ethanol. One skilled in the art will also recognize that upon treatment with an amine and base, the benzoate groups on the nucleoside will simultaneously be removed to generate the deprotected furanose moiety. 2-Chloro-N6-substituted purines can then be treated with an amine, and an organic solvent in a sealed tube at an elevated temperature of about 100° C. to generate N2,N6-disubstituted purine nucleosides of the present invention. In one embodiment, the amine is methylamine. In one embodiment, the organic solvent is ethanol. N2,N6-Disubstituted purine nucleosides of the present invention can be treated with a base, isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate and an organic solvent at a reduced temperature to generate compounds of Formula I-V. In one embodiment, the base is tert-butyl magnesium chloride. In one embodiment, the organic solvent is tetrahydrofuran.
    • Preparation of Stereospecific Phosphorus Enantiomers
  • Certain of the active compounds described herein have a chiral phosphorus moiety. Any of the active compounds described herein can be provided as an isolated phosphorus enantiomeric form, for example, at least 80, 90, 95 or 98% of the R or S enantiomer, using methods known to those of skill in the art. For example, there are a number of publications that describe how to obtain such compounds, including but not limited to column chromatography, for example as described in Example 17 below and U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,859,756; 8,642,756 and 8,333,309 to Ross, et al.
    • Example 9. Separation of the Stereoisomers of Compound 5
  • The stereoisomers of Compound 5 were separated on a Phenominex Luna column using the following conditions:
  • Column: Phenominex Luna 5 micron C18 (2) 250×10 mm part #OOG-4252-BO
  • Sample concentration: Approximately 50 mg/ml in acetonitrile
  • Injection volume: 50 μl
  • Mobile phase A: HPLC grade water
  • Mobile phase B: HPLC grade acetonitrile.
  • Flow: 5 ml/min
  • UV: 283 nm
  • Gradient:
  • Time % B
    0 2
    40 50
    41 50
    41.1 2
    45 2
  • Run time: 45 minutes
  • Column Temperature: 40° C.
  • A sample chromatogram of a semi-prep run is illustrated in FIG. 1.
  • The combined fractions were evaluated using an analytical column with the following conditions:
  • Column: Phenominex Luna 5 micron C18 (2) 250×2 mm part #OOG-4252-BO
  • Injection volume: 10 μl
  • Mobile phase A: HPLC grade water
  • Mobile phase B: HPLC grade acetonitrile.
  • Flow: 0.2 ml/min
  • UV: 283 nm
  • Gradient:
  • Time % B
    0 2
    30 50
    40 50
    40.1 2
    45 2
  • Run time: 45 minutes
  • Column Temperature: 40° C.
  • The combined fractions for each stereoisomer were evaporated to dryness using a rotovap with a bath temperature of 30° C. The resulting solids were dissolved in 1 ml of acetonitrile, transferred into 1.7 ml microcentrifuge tubes and the solvent evaporated on the vacuum centrifuge at a temperature of 30° C.
  • The data on the final samples are as follows:
  • 1. First eluding peak: Compound 5 #1 (5-1) (21.7 mgs-97.8% ee).
  • 2. Second eluding Peak: Compound 5 #2 (5-2) (13.2 mgs-95.9% ee).
  • The final weights of the 1st and 2nd peak correspond well to their percentages in the original mixture. (62.2% and 37.8% respectively).
    • Stereospecific Syntheses of Compounds of Formula I-VII
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00170
    • Example 10. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (23) Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (23)
  • The compound (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(benzoyloxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-yl benzoate, 3, (80 g, 140 mmol) was added to a solution of trimethylamine in methanol (7 M, 800 mL) and stirred at RT overnight. The mixture was concentrated and then purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=100:1) to afford (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran-3-ol (23) (40 g, 90%).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00171
    • Example 11. Preparation of ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00172
    • Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (4)
  • To a solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5 no-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran-3-ol (2.0 g, 1.0 eq) in dioxane (15 mL) was added MeNH2 aqueous solution (5.0 eq). After stirring overnight at RT, TLC showed that the starting material was consumed. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=40:1-30:1) to afford (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol as a white powder (1.6 g, 81.6%).
  • [M+H]+=313.5
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00173
    • Step 2. Preparation of ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • The compound (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (1.47 g, 1.0 eq) and PPAL-S (2.35 g, 1.1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (29 mL). After cooling the mixture to −10° C., t-BuMgCl (5.8 mL, 1.7 M, 2.1 eq) was slowly added under a blanket of N2. After stirring at RT for 45 min, the mixture was quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl, and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=50:1-20:1) to afford ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate as a white powder (1.1 g, 40.3%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.10 (d, J=18.4 Hz, 1H), 4.90-4.84 (m, 5H), 4.55-4.46 (m, 3H), 4.20-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 12H). [M+H]+=582.8.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00174
    • Example 12. Preparation of isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (25)
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00175
    • Step 1. Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol
  • To a solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran-3-ol (2.8 g, 8 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) was added dimethylamine aqueous solution (5 mL). After stirring at RT for 3 h, TLC showed that the starting material was consumed. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=60:1) to afford (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (2.2 g).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.08 (s, 1H), 6.13 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (dd, J=9.2, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 1.18 (d, J=22 Hz, 3H).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00176
    • Step 2. Preparation of isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (25)
  • The compound (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (8 g, 1.0 eq) and PPAL-S (11.1 g, 1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (100 mL). The mixture was cooled to −5-0° C. and t-BuMgCl (30.5 mL, 1.7 M, 2.1 eq) was slowly added under a N2 atmosphere. After stirring at RT for 2 h, the mixture was quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc (70 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=50:1) to afford isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate as a white powder (9.5 g, 65%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.15 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.54-4.49 (m, 3H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 1.32 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.24-1.17 (m, 9H). 31P NMR (160 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.89.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00177
    • Example 13. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (26)
  • The compound (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (3 g, 1.0 eq) and PPAL-R (4.17 g, 1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (60 mL). The mixture was cooled to −5-0° C. and t-BuMgCl (11.4 mL, 1.7 M, 2.1 eq) was slowly added under a N2 atmosphere. After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=50:1) to afford isopropyl ((((R)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(dimethylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate as a white powder (2.2 g, 41%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.8 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 5H), 6.18 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.23 (m, 3H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.44 (s, 6H), 1.29 (d, J=6 Hz, 3H), 1.22-1.16 (m, 10H). 31P NMR (160 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.98.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00178
    • Example 14. Preparation of isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00179
    • Step 1: Preparation of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (8)
  • K2CO3 (53 g, 500 mmol) was added to N-methylcyclopropanamine hydrochloride in aqueous solution (100 mL). After stirring at RT for 10 min, a solution of (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-chloro-9H-purin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-fluoro-4-methyl-tetrahydrofuran-3-ol (35 g, 109 mmol) in dioxane (300 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and HPLC indicated that the reaction was complete. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=60:1) to afford (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (30 g, 82%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 6.17 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dd, J=9.2, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 1.18 (d, J=22.4 Hz, 3H), 0.94 (m, 2H), 0.74 (m, 2H). [M+H]+=353.2.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00180
    • Step 2: Preparation of isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • The compound (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (8 g, 1.0 eq) and PPAL-S (10.3 g, 1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (100 mL). After cooling the mixture to −5-0° C., t-BuMgCl (28 mL, 1.7 M, 2.1 eq) was slowly added under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h, quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl solution, and extracted with EtOAc (70 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=100:1 to 50:1) to afford isopropyl ((((S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate as a white powder (9.5 g, 65%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.19 (m, 5H), 6.17 (d, J=19.2 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (m, 1H), 4.52 (m, 3H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 3.93 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 2.0 (s, 1H), 1.26-1.16 (m, 12H), 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.73 (m, 2H). 31P NMR (160 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.90
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00181
    • Example 15. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • The compound (2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(methylcyclopropanamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-3-ol (3 g, 1.0 eq) and PPAL-R (2.8 g, 1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (60 mL). After cooling the mixture to −5-0° C., t-BuMgCl (7.6 mL, 1.7 M, 2.1 eq) was slowly added under N2. Then the mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h and quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl solution, and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine (30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=100:1 to 50:1) to afford the product as a white powder (3 g, 55%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.25 (m, 5H), 6.16 (d, J=24.8 Hz, 1H), 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.84-4.50 (m, 3H), 4.22-4.19 (m, 1H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.0 (s, 1H), 1.28-1.13 (m, 12H), 0.92 (m, 2H), 0.90 (m, 2H). 31P NMR (160 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.99.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00182
    • Example 16. Preparation of Compound 32
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00183
    • Step 1. Preparation of Compound 29
  • To a solution of 6 (3.0 g, 1.0 eq) in pyridine (30 mL) was added TIPDSCl2 (4.35 g, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. After stirring at RT for 4 h, TLC showed that starting material was consumed. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1M aq. HCl solution, saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford 29 as a yellow oil (6.3 g, 100%).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00184
    • Step 2. Preparation of Compound 30
  • To a mixture of Compound 29 (800 mg, 1.0 eq), DMAP (16 mg, 0.1 eq), pyridine (1.6 mL) and DCM (10 mL) was added isobutyryl chloride (209 mg, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. After stirring at RT for 2 h, TLC showed that the starting material was consumed. The mixture was quenched with water, washed with aq. 1M HCl solution, saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to afford the product, 30, as a white oil (563 mg, 62.3%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 787 (s, 1H), 6.20 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.50 (s, 6H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.05 (m, 45H).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00185
    • Step 3. Preparation of Compound 31
  • To a mixture of 30 (560 mg, 1.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added Et3N.3HF (706 mg, 5 eq) and Et3N (890 mg, 10 eq) at RT. After stirring at RT for 1.5 h, TLC showed that the starting material was consumed. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to afford 31 as a white powder (288 mg, 83%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.72 (s, 1H), 5.96 (d, J=44.0 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (m, 1H), 4.13-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.42 (s, 6H), 2.83-2.63 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.17 (m, 9H).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00186
    • Step 4. Preparation of Compound 32
  • Compound 31 (280 mg, 1.0 eq) and PPAL-S (320 mg, 1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (10 mL). After cooling the mixture to −5° C., t-BuMgCl (0.87 mL, 1.7 M, 2.1 eq) was slowly added under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h, quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl solution, and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to afford the product as a white powder (260 mg, 50%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 6.23 (d, J=18.8 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (m, 3H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.48 (s, 6H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 1.32 (m, 18H).
  • [M+H]+=666.9.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00187
    • Example 17. Preparation of Compound 35
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00188
    • Step 1. Preparation of Compound 33
  • To a mixture of 29 (2.0 g, 1.0 eq), DMAP (0.04 g, 0.1 eq), pyridine (4 mL) and DCM (20 mL) was added AcCl (0.414 g, 1.5 eq) at 0° C. After stirring at RT for 2 h, TLC showed that the starting material was consumed. The mixture was quenched with water, washed with aq. 1M HCl solution, saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution then brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography to afford the product, 33, as a white oil (1.73 g, 80.8%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 6.20 (d, J=20.0 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.11 (m, 4H), 3.50 (s, 6H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.05 (m, 29H). [M+H]+=611.9.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00189
    • Step 2. Preparation of Compound 34
  • To a mixture of 33 (1.58 g, 1.0 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added Et3N.3HF (2.1 g, 5 eq) and Et3N (2.6 g, 10 eq) at RT. After stirring at RT for 1.5 h, TLC showed that the starting material was consumed. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to afford 34 as a white powder (782 mg, 82%).
  • [M+H]+=369.6.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00190
    • Step 3. Preparation of Compound 35
  • Compound 34 (136 mg, 1.0 eq) and PPAL-S (184 mg, 1.1 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous THF (3 mL). After cooling the mixture to −5° C., t-BuMgCl (0.5 mL, 1.7 M, 2.1 eq) was slowly added under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min, quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with water, brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (DCM:MeOH=50:1-20:1) to afford the phosphoramidate 35 as a white powder (150 mg, 63.8%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.16 (m, 5H), 6.10 (d, J=18.4 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.46 (m, 3H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 3.91-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 1.30-1.13 (m, 12H). 31P NMR (160 MHz, CD3OD) δ 3.84. 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3OD) δ −162.79.
    • Synthesis of β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-ethynyl-N6-substituted-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotides
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00191
    • Example 18. General Route to β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-ethynyl-N6-substituted-2,6-diaminopurine nucleotides
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00192
    • Step 1. Preparation of Compound 36
  • To a solution of 6-chloroguanosine (100 g, 332 mmol) in pyridine (400 mL) was added TPDSCl2 (110 mL, 1.05 eq.) dropwise at −5-5° C. under a N2 atmosphere. After stirring at that temperature for 2 h, TLC showed the starting material was consumed. DCM (600 mL) was added, and then TMSCl (85 mL, 2 eq.) was added dropwise at 0-5° C. After stirring at that temperature for 2 h, TLC showed the intermediate was consumed.
  • Isobutyryl chloride was added dropwise at 0-5° C. After stirring at that temperature for 2 h, TLC showed the intermediate was consumed. Water was added, and the content was extracted with DCM. The organic phase was then washed with 0.5 N HCl to remove pyridine.
  • After the pH of the content was washed to 5-6, pTSA.H2O (9.2 g, 484.5 mmol) was added at 0-5° C. After stirring at that temperature for 1 h, TLC showed the intermediate was consumed. Water was then added, and the organic phase was washed with water, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and brine. After being dried over Na2SO4, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was then purified with column chromatography (PE/EA=100-10/1) to afford the product as a light yellow solid (82 g, 40%).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.88 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.53 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 4.72-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.16 (dd, J=12.4, 4.8 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (ddd, J=7.7, 4.8, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (dd, J=12.4, 2.7 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (h, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 1.26-1.12 (m, 3H), 1.10 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 6H), 1.09-0.88 (m, 24H).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00193
    • Step 2. Preparation of Compound 37
  • To a solution of 36 (10.0 g, 16.3 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane at rt and the reaction was stirred for 12 h. TLC showed the starting material was consumed. The reaction mixture was then diluted with DCM (200 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous Na2S2O3 and brine. The organic phase was then dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford crude 37 as a light yellow solid (12 g). The crude 53 can be used directly in the next step without purification.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00194
    • Step 3. Preparation of Compound 38
  • To a solution of ethynyltrimethylsilane (18.6 mL, 142.7 mmol) in THF (240 mL) was added n-BuLi (46 mL, 2.5 M, 115.0 mmol) dropwise at −15-20° C. under a N2 atmosphere. After stirring for 30 min, the reaction was cooled to −70° C., and 37 (crude, 16.3 mmol) in THF (60 mL) was added at that temperature. The content was then warmed to 0° C. TLC showed the starting material was consumed. Saturated aqueous NH4Cl was added, and the reaction was extracted with EA (100 mL) three times. The organic phase was combined and then washed with brine, then further dried over Na2SO4. After being concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=100->10/1) to afford a light yellow solid (6.0 g, 52%).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00195
    • Step 4. Preparation of Compound 39
  • To a solution of 38 (6.0 g, 8.4 mmol) in DCM (240 mL) was added pyridine (4.2 mL, 52.9 mmol) under a N2 atmosphere. The reaction was cooled to −70° C., and DAST (12 mL, 90.4 mmol) was added. The content was then warmed to −30° C. TLC showed that the starting material was consumed. The reaction was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and then extracted with DCM (200 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. After being concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified with column chromatography (PE/EA=100->10/1) to afford a light yellow solid (3.8 g, 63%).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00196
    • Step 5. Preparation of Compound 40
  • To a solution of 39 (3.8 g, 5.3 mmol) in THF (120 mL) was added AcOH (1.3 g, 22 mmol) and TBAF (4.2 g, 15.9 mmol) at rt. The reaction was stirred at rt for 30 min. TLC showed the starting material was consumed. After being concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified with column chromatography (EA) to afford the product as a white solid (2.0 g, 95%).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00197
    • General Procedure for Amino Displacement and Deprotection:
  • To a solution of 40 (350 mg, 0.88 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) was added the methanol or water solution of the corresponding amine (free base or salt as hydrochloride plus DIEA) at rt. The content was stirred at rt for 1-12 h. TLC showed the starting material was consumed. After being concentrated in vacuo, the residue was used directly in the next step without purification. The above mentioned residue was dissolved in methanol (10 mL). Aqueous NaOH (2.5 N, 10 mL) was added. After stirring overnight at rt, TLC showed that starting material was consumed. The pH of the content was adjusted to 7-8 with 1 N HCl. The solution was concentrated and purified with column chromatography (DCM/MeOH=100->20/1) to afford the product as an off-white solid (yield: 40-80% over two steps). Table 1 illustrates the structures of compounds 57-63 and the corresponding mass spectral and 1H NMR for the respective compounds.
  • TABLE 1
    Compound 1H
    No. Structure NMR/MS
    41
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00198
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.05 (s, 1H), 6.27 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (dd, J = 21.7, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (dd, J = 11.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 3.87 (dd, J = 13.1, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (s, 6H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.18 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H). [M + H]+ = 336.9
    42
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00199
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 6.20-6.09 (m, 2H), 5.98 (s, 2H), 5.33 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (dt, J = 22.1, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (q, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (s, 1H), 3.18 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H). [M + H]+ = 323.0
    43
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00200
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 6.29 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (dd, J = 21.7, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.87 (dd, J = 13.1, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (s, 1H), 3.24-3.11 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.74 (td, J = 4.6, 2.8 Hz, 2H). [M + H]+ = 363.0
    44
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00201
         		1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 6.26 (d, J = 16.9 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (dd, J = 21.8, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.89 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 3.21 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 1.00- 0.77 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.46 (m, 2H). [M + H]+ = 348.8
    • Example 19. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-dimethylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00202
    • Step 1. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-dimethylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • To a solution of compound 41 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 125 μL, 0.13 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (49 mg, 0.11 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (2 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford the product (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 12 mg, 0.02 mmol, 24%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.79 (s, 0.45H), 7.77 (s, 0.55H), 7.36-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.28 (d, J=17.4 Hz) and 6.26 (d, J=17.5 Hz, 1H), 5.00-4.44 (m, 5H), 4.23-4.16 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.42 (bs, 3H), 3.40 (bs, 3H), 1.32-1.26 (m, 3H), 1.20-1.15 (m, 6H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.04 (s), 3.98 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C26H34FN7O7P [M+H]+ 606.2; found 606.2.
    • Example 20. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00203
    • Step 1. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-methylamino-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • To a solution of compound 42 (30 mg, 0.09 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 125 μL, 0.13 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (49 mg, 0.11 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (2 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford the product (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 9 mg, 0.02 mmol, 18%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.81, 7.79 (0.9 s+0.1 s, 1H), 7.36-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.26 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 0.1H) and 6.24 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 0.9H), 4.93-4.89 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.80-4.78 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.49 (m, 2H), 4.21-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.04 (bs, 1H), 1.31-1.14 (m, 9H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.06 (s), 3.97 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C25H32FN7O7P [M+H]+ 592.2; found 592.2.
    • Example 21. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methylcyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00204
    • Step 1. Preparation of isopropyl ((((R,S)-(2R,3R,4R,5R)-5-(2-amino-6-(N-methylcyclopropylamino)-9H-purin-9-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-ethynyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate
  • To a solution of compound 43 (40 mg, 0.11 mmol) in dry THF (2 mL) at 0° C. was added tert-butyl magnesium chloride (1.0 M in THF, 160 μL, 0.16 mmol) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at 0° C. then another 15 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 0° C. and a solution of isopropyl ((R,S)-(pentafluorophenoxy)-phenoxy-phosphoryl)-L-alaninate (55 mg, 0.12 mmol) dissolved in dry THF (2 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and 18 h at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aq. NH4Cl solution (4 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organics were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (gradient DCM/MeOH 100:0 to 90:10) to afford the product (mixture of 2 diastereoisomers, 18 mg, 0.03 mmol, 26%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.84, 7.82 (s+s, 1H), 7.35-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.30 (d, J=17.4 Hz) and 6.26 (d, J=17.6 Hz, 1H), 4.99-4.89 (overlapped with H2O, m, 1H), 4.82-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.59-4.46 (m, 2H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.22 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.11 (m, 1H) 1.31-1.26 (m, 3H), 1.20-1.15 (m, 6H), 0.93-0.89 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.68 (m, 2H). 31P NMR (121 MHz, CD3OD) δ 4.06 (s), 3.98 (s). MS (ESI) m/z calcd. for C28H36FN7O7P [M+H]+ 632.2; found 632.2.
    • Example 22. Preparation of PPAL-S
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00205
    • Step 1. Preparation of racemic PPAL
  • To a stirred solution of phenyl dichlorophosphate (250 g) in EtOAc (800 mL) was added isopropyl L-alaninate (200 g) in triethylamine (120 g) at −10° C. The reaction was stirred at −10° C. for 1 h. The compound 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenol (220 g) in triethylamine (120 g) and EtOAc (400 mL) was added at −5° C. and stirred at that temperature for 0.5 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 25° C. and stirred at that temperature for 2 h. The solution was filtrated and washed with EtOAc (2×200 mL), and the combined organic phases were evaporated under vacuum to afford the solid PPAL-RS (racemate).
    • Step 2. Preparation of PPAL-RS
  • To a stirred solution of PPAL-RS in EtOAc (200 mL) and n-heptane (1.4 L) was added 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenol (10.1 g) in triethylamine (6 g), and stirring was continued for about 4-8 h. After the R-isomer of the solid was less than 0.5%, the solid was filtered. The solid was dissolved in EtOAc (4 L), washed with water (2×100 mL), brine (1 L), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, and filtered. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the PPAL-S (350 g).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6=7.42-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.22 (m, 3H), 6.87 (dd, J=14.1, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.90-4.84 (m, 1H), 3.94-3.88 (m, 1H), 1.27 (dd, J=7.1, 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (dd, J=6.2, 1.2 Hz, 6H) ppm. 13P NMR (160 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=0.37 ppm.
    • Example 23. Preparation of PPAL-R
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00206
  • To a three-necked round bottom flask fitted with a mechanic stirrer were added phenyl dichlorophosphate (189.6 g, 0.90 mol) and anhydrous EtOAc (750 mL). The solution was cooled to −10° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Iso-propyl L-alaninate (118 g, 0.90 mmol) and triethylamine (100 g, 1.1 eq) were added to the above solution. A pre-cooled (below 10° C.) mixture of 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenol (165 g, 1 eq) and triethylamine (90.5 g, 1 eq) in EtOAc (300 mL) was added to the mixture via an addition funnel at −5° C. and the resulting mixture was stirred between 20-25° C. for 1 hour. The white precipitate (TEA.HCl) was filtered off and rinsed with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield PPAL-RS about 280 g (S/R=1/1) as a white solid. PPAL-RS (280 g) was triturated in 300 mL of heptane/EtOAc (20:1) at room temperature for 5 min. The white suspension was filtered and the solid was rinsed with a mixture of heptane/EtOAc (20:1). The filtrate was cooled to 8° C. and the solid was collected by filtration. Crude PPAL-R (10 g) was obtained with 95% chiral purity. The crude product was purified following above step. PPAL-R (5 g) was obtained in NLT 98% chiral purity.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 3H), 6.87 (dd, J=14.1, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.85 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.90 (m, 1H), 1.27 (dd, J=7.1, 1.1 Hz, 3H), 1.14 (dd, J=6.2, 1.2 Hz, 6H). 13P NMR (160 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ=0.35.
    • Example 24: Preparation of Compound 52
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00207
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00208
    • Step 1. Preparation of Compound 49
  • To a solution of 48 (1.81 g, 3.23 mmol) in dioxane (18 mL) was added 40% aqueous CH3NH2 solution (16.2 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 40° C. for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford a white solid 49 (1.66 g, 92%).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00209
    • Step 2. Preparation of Compound 50
  • To a solution of 49 (1.34 g, 2.42 mmol) and 1-methylimidazole (794 mg, 9.68 mmol) in DCM (14 mL) was slowly added pentyl chloroformate (547 mg, 3.63 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at r.t overnight. The mixture was concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (PE:EtOAc=5:1-2:1) to afford 50 (1.01 g, 62%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 7.96 (s, 1H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.06-6.10 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.30 (m, 2H), 3.97-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.39-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.0-1.2 (m, 35H), 0.73-0.76 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 3H).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00210
    • Step 3. Preparation of Compound 51
  • To a solution of 50 (1.00 g, 1.5 mmol) in THF (11 mL) was added Et3N (2.0 mL, 15 mmol) and Et3N.3HF (1.21 g, 7.5 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction was stirred at r.t for 1.5 h. The mixture was concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (MeOH: CH2Cl2=50:1) to afford 75 (460 mg, 72.2%) as a white powder.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00211
    • Step 4. Preparation of Compound 52
  • To a solution of 51 (460 mg, 1.08 mmol) and PPAL-S (538 mg, 1.19 mmol) in anhydrous THF (9 mL) was slowly added t-BuMgCl (2.27 mmol) at 5-10° C. under N2. The reaction was stirred at r.t for 40 min. The mixture was quenched with aq. saturated NH4Cl solution, extracted with EtOAc, washed with aq. 5% K2CO3 solution and brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (CH2Cl2: MeOH=15:1) to afford 52 (280 mg, 37.3%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.23 (m, 3H), 6.74 (s, 2H), 6.11-6.16 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 5.99-6.05 (m, 1H), 5.84 (m, 1H), 4.77-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.41 (m, 3H), 4.03-4.11 (m, 3H), 3.78-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 1.44-1.51 (m, 2H), 1.00-1.21 (m, 16H), 0.76-0.80 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 3H). [M+H]+=696.6.
    • Example 25: Preparation of Compound 56
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00212
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00213
    • Step 1. Preparation of Compound 48
  • To a solution of 23 (600 mg, 1 eq) in pyridine (30 mL) was added TIPDSCl2 (1.5 eq) at 0° C. The resulting solution was allowed to stand at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 1M aq. HCl solution, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to yield the crude residue. The residue was purified by chromatography (MeOH: CH2Cl2=1:50) to afford 48 (998 mg, 94.4%) as a white solid foam.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00214
    • Step 2. Preparation of Compound 53
  • A mixture of 48 (800 mg, 1 eq), pyridine (3.2 mL), DMAP (34.9 mg, 0.2 eq) in DCM (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature. N-amyl chloroformate (3.2 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 day. The organic layer was washed with 1M aqueous HCl solution, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel (MeOH: CH2Cl2=1:50) to afford 53 (255 mg, 26%) as a white solid foam.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00215
    • Step 3. Preparation of Compound 54
  • To the solution of 53 (270 mg, 1 eq) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL), was dropwise added 40% aqueous CH3NH2 solution (225.7 mg, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel (methanol:dichloromethane=1:40) to afford 54 (220 mg, 81.7%) as a white solid foam.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00216
    • Step 4. Preparation of Compound 55
  • Triethylamine (1011.9 mg, 10 eq) and Et3N.3HF (806.05 mg, 5 eq) were added to an ice-cooled solution of 54 (668 mg, 1 eq) in THF (10 mL), the mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (MeOH: CH2Cl2=1:30) to afford 55 (492 mg, 84%) as a white solid foam.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00217
    • Step 5. Preparation of Compound 56
  • To the mixture of 55 (113 mg, 1 eq) and PPAL-S (120 mg, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL) was dropwise added 1.7 M t-BuMgCl in THF (0.327 mL, 2.1 eq) at −10° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, and then quenched with saturated aq. NH4Cl solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried and concentrated to obtain crude residue. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography to afford 56 (126 mg, 68.5%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.45 (m, 5H), 6.15-6.20 (d, J=20.0 Hz, 1H), 5.00-5.25 (s, 1H), 4.80-4.86 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.70 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.19 (m, 3H), 3.80-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.10-1.40 (m, 16H), 0.76-0.80 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 3H). 3′P NMR (160 MHz, DMSO) δ 3.57. [M+H]+=696.5.
    • Example 26: Preparation of Compound 60
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00218
    • Step 1. Preparation of Compound 57
  • To a solution of 6 (20 g, 1 eq) in CH3CN (100 mL) was added imidazole (16.6 g), TIPDSCl2 (28.9 g, 1.5 eq) in sequence at 5±5° C. The resulting solution was allowed to stand at room temperature for 4 h. The mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and saturated aqueous sodium chloride, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to afford the crude residue (32 g).
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00219
    • Step 2. Preparation of Compound 58
  • To the solution of 57 (9.8 g, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL) was dropwise added 1.7 M t-BuMgCl in THF (50 mL, 4.8 eq) at 0-5° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, and n-amyl chloroformate (2.7 g, 1.05 eq) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for 3-4 h. The mixture was quenched with saturated aq. NH4Cl solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL) and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried and concentrated to obtain 58 (10.7 g) as oil.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00220
    • Step 3. Preparation of Compound 59
  • Triethylamine (10.119 g) and Et3N.3HF (8.6 g, 5 eq) were added to an ice-cooled solution of 58 (7.3 g, 1 eq) in THF (100 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel (MeOH: CH2Cl2=1:30) to afford 59 (4.3 g, 91%) as a white solid.
  • Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00221
    • Step 4. Preparation of Compound 60
  • To the mixture of 59 (2 g, 1 eq) and PPAL-S (2.3 g, 1.1 eq) in THF (40 mL) was dropwise added 1.7 M t-BuMgCl in THF (5.6 mL, 2.1 eq) at −5° C. The mixture was stirred at −20±5° C. for 1 h, and then quenched with saturated aq. NH4Cl solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc and the organic phase was washed with brine, dried and concentrated to obtain crude residue. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography to afford 60 (1.5 g, 47%) as a white solid.
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.9 (s, 1H), 7.1-7.2 (m, 5H), 6.2 (d, J=20 Hz, 1H), 5.1 (br, 1H), 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.49 (m, 2H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.45 (br, 6H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.26 (m, 4H), 1.20 (m, 6H), 1.14 (m, 6H), 0.93 (m, 3H). [M+H]+=710.5.
    • Biological Data Example 27, Assay Methodology and Additional Biological Data
  • Huh-7 luc/neo ET cells bearing a discistronic HCV genotype 1b luciferase reporter replicon were plated at 7.5×103 cells/ml in duplicate 96-well plates for the parallel determination of antiviral efficacy (EC50) and cytotoxicity (TC5O). The plates were cultured for 24 hours prior to the addition of compounds. Six serial one half log dilutions of the test articles (high test concentration of 100.0 μM or high test concentration of 1.0 μM) and human interferon-alpha2b (high test 10.0 U/ml) were prepared in cell culture medium and added to the cultured cells in triplicate wells for each dilution. Six wells in the test plates received medium alone as an untreated control. Following 72 hours of culture in the presence of compound, one of the plates was used for the determination of cytotoxicity by staining with XTT and the other for antiviral efficacy by determination of luciferase reporter activity. Cytotoxicity and efficacy data were collected and imported into a customized Excel workbook for determination of the TC50 and EC50 values. Data for compounds of Formula. I-VII are illustrated in Table 7 below. In addition, FIG. 2 illustrates the HCV replication inhibition curves for Compound 5-2 and Sofosbuvir. As can be seen in FIG. 2, Compound 5-2 has an EC50=4 nM, while Sofosbuvir has an EC50=53 nM. The y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in μM. FIG. 3 illustrates the HCV replication inhibition curves for Compound 25 and Sofosbuvir. Compound 25 has an EC50=4 nM and Sofosbuvir has an EC50=53 nM. The y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in μM. FIG. 4 illustrates an intra-assay comparison of the anti-HCV activity for Compounds 5-2, 25, 27 and Sofosbuvir. The y-axis is the percent of virus control and the x-axis is the concentration of drug in μM.
  • Various patient-derived HCV genotypes containing wild-type and resistance-associated variants were used to determine their relative replication sensitivity to test compounds. Replicon resistance test vectors (RTVs) containing the NSSB genomic regions were prepared using viral RNA isolated from plasma of HCV patients. Each NSSB region was amplified by reverse-transcription polymerase chain reaction and cloned into an HCV replicon RTV which was then transferred by electroporation into Huh-7 cells. After incubation in the absence and presence of serially diluted test compounds for 72-96 hr, viral replication was measured by luciferase activity and 50% inhibitory concentrations (IC50 values) were determined.
  • Table 2 reports the IC50 and IC95 values for compound 25, 27, 5-2 and Sofosbuvir against various clinical isolates containing wild-type and resistance-associated variants.
  • All compounds were significantly more effective against HCV replication than sofosbuvir and neither 25, 27 nor 5-2 compound showed any evidence of cross-resistance to L159F, L159F and S282T, and C316N mutants.
  • TABLE 2
    Antiviral Activity of Test Compounds in Patient-derived HCV Genotypes
    IC50 IC95 Fold Change Fold Change
    HCV NS5B Test Value Value in IC50 in IC95
    Genotype Mutation Compound (nM) (nM) from Sofosbuvir from Sofosbuvir
    1a none sofosbuvir 62.7 507.7
    25 4.4 31.3 14.2 16.2
    27 4.2 26.4 15.0 19.3
    5-2 10.5 60.8 6.0 8.4
    1b none sofosbuvir 86.0 642.2 1.0
    25 5.9 32.0 1.0 20.0
    27 5.0 28.9 0.9 22.2
    5-2 10.6 72.4 0.8 8.9
    2a none sofosbuvir 22.5 195.1
    25 2.7 22.2 8.4 8.8
    27 2.9 16.2 7.9 12.0
    5-2 6.2 45.4 3.6 4.3
    2b none sofosbuvir 44.8 295.3
    25 3.0 14.9 15.2 19.9
    27 3.1 14.7 14.4 20.1
    5-2 6.3 32.5 7.1 9.1
    3a-1 none sofosbuvir 125.9 689.8
    25 5.1 27.8 24.5 24.8
    27 4.4 25.4 28.4 27.2
    5-2 11.8 59.3 10.7 11.6
    3a-2 none sofosbuvir 123.5 808.1
    25 4.7 24.2 26.3 33.4
    27 4.5 23.3 27.5 34.6
    5-2 10.4 56.5 11.9 14.3
    4a none sofosbuvir 74.9 681.4
    25 4.6 33.0 16.2 20.7
    27 3.6 38.1 20.7 17.9
    5-2 9.9 74.4 7.5 9.2
    4d none sofosbuvir 93.7 1019.7
    25 5.9 44.2 16.0 23.1
    27 5.6 38.4 16.7 26.6
    5-2 14.0 79.9 6.7 12.8
    1a L159F sofosbuvir 114.7 1067.5
    25 5.2 40.4 22.0 26.4
    27 5.1 36.2 22.3 29.5
    5-2 13.0 95.3 8.8 11.2
    1a L159F sofosbuvir 1619.9 16950.9
    and 25 17.2 158.5 94.0 107.0
    S282T 27 14.9 161.6 108.4 119.7
    5-2 38.7 313.5 41.9 54.1
    1b C316N sofosbuvir 73.9 472.8
    25 3.2 18.1 23.1 26.2
    27 3.1 16.5 23.5 28.7
    5-2 7.7 42.7 9.6 11.1
  • A transient transfection assay was performed to determine the sensitivity of the wild type S282T mutant of HCV to test compounds. Huh-7 cells were electroporated in the presence of RNA transcribed from wild type or S282T HCV replicon plasmids from the T7 promoter. The transfected cells were seeded in to 96-well plates at 7.5×103 cells per well in Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's medium. After 24 hr of incubation, medium was removed and replaced with fresh medium containing no or various concentrations of test compounds. Following an additional 96-hr incubation, the anti-HCV activity was measured by luciferase endpoint with Britelite™ Plus luminescence reporter gene kit (Perkin Elmer, Shelton, Conn.). Duplicate plates were treated and incubated in parallel for assessment of cellular toxicity by staining with the tetrazolium dye XTT.
  • Table 3 reports the IC50 and IC95 values for compounds 25, 27, 5-2 and Sofosbuvir against HCV wild type and S282T replicons.
  • All compounds were significantly more effective against HCV replication than sofosbuvir and neither 25, 27, nor 5-2 compounds showed any evidence of cross-resistance to S282T variant.
  • TABLE 3
    Antiviral Activity of Test Compounds in a HCV
    Transient Infection Assay
    Fold Fold
    IC50 change in change in
    NS5B Value IC95 value IC50 from IC95 from
    Compound Mutation (nM) (nM) Sofosbuvir Sofosbuvir
    5-2 None 1.4 9.98 26 22.2
    S282T 2.8 20.6 99.3 >48.5
    25 None <1 2.7 >36.4 80.7
    S282T <1 9.4 >278 >106.4
    27 None <1 4.1 >36.4 53.2
    S282T <1 11.8 >278 >84.7
    Sofosbuvir None 36.4 218
    S282T 278 >1000
  • The stability of selected compounds in fresh human whole blood and in human liver S9 fraction was determined in incubations containing 10 μM test compound. After incubations of 0, 30, 60 min, and up to 120 min, aliquots were removed and immediately extracted with 3 volumes of ice-cold methanol/acetonitrile (1:1, v/v). Extracts were centrifuged and supernatants were analyzed by LC-MS/MS for concentrations of unchanged test compound and potential metabolites.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates the excellent stability of compound 5-2 and all 2-amino derivatives in human blood.
  • Interestingly, FIG. 6 illustrates the in vitro time course dealkylation of the 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N2-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate to 2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-N6-methyl-2,6-diaminopurine nucleoside phosphoramidate with a human liver S9 fraction. Furthermore, unexpected, faster, and a more extensive rate of cleavage of the carbamate moiety by human liver S9 fraction was observed as compared to compound 5-2 and its other 2-amino derivatives (FIG. 7).
    • Example 28. HCV (gt1b) NS5B Polymerase Assay
  • Inhibition of HCV (gt1b) NS5B polymerase was determined in triplicate by measuring de novo polymerization in reaction mixtures containing serial dilutions of TA, in vitro transcribed viral RNA complementary to the HCV (−) strand 3′UTR region, polymerase, radiolabeled ribonucleotide, 250 μM non-competing rNTPs, and 1 μM competing rNTP. TA concentrations that produced 50% inhibition (IC50) were determined from resulting inhibition curves.
    • Example 29. Human Bone Marrow Progenitor Cell Assay
  • Fresh human bone marrow progenitor cells (Invitrogen) suspended in either BFU-E or GM-CSF-specific culture medium were added, at R15 cells/well, to triplicate serial dilutions of TA in 6-well plates. After 14-day incubations, colony counts were used to determine CC50 values. BFU-E colonies were confirmed using the benzidene technique.
  • Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 show no cytotoxicity against bone marrow stem cells in vitro.
    • Example 30. iPS Cardiomyocyte Assay
  • iPS Cardiomyocytes (Cellular Dynamics) were seeded in microliter plates at 1.5×104 cells per well. After 48-hr incubation, cells were washed and maintenance medium containing serially diluted TA was added in triplicate. After incubating for an additional 3 days, cell viability was measured by staining with XTT and CC50 values were calculated.
  • Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 show no cytotoxicity against iPS cardiomyocytes in vitro.
    • Example 31. Human DNA Polymerase Assays
  • Inhibition of human DNA polymerases α, β and γ (CHIMERx) was determined in triplicate in reaction mixtures of serially diluted TA, 0.05 mM dCTP, dTTP, and dATP, 10 [32P]-α-dGTP (800 Ci/mmol), 20 μg activated calf thymus DNA and additional reagents specific for each polymerase. After 30-min incubations, incorporation of [α-32P]-GTP was measured and resulting incubation curves were used to calculate IC50 values.
  • The triphosphate, β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine triphosphate, as well as the triphosphate analogs of compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 do not inhibit human DNA polymerases α, β or γ.
    • Example 32. Human Hepatocyte Co-Cultures
  • Cytotoxicity and hepatocyte health were assessed in triplicate by measuring ALT leakage, urea production, albumin secretion and cellular ATP contents in micro-patterned human hepatocyte co-cultures (HepatoPac®, Hepregen Corporation) prepared by seeding cryopreserved female human hepatocytes (single donor) and 3T3 J2 mouse fibroblasts in microtiter plates according to procedures established by Hepregen. Culture media was replaced with fresh media containing TA, test article, (0, 1, 10 or 30 μM) every 2 or 3 days through day 16. Spent culture media was assayed for ALT and urea content on days 2, 5, 7, 9, 12, 16 and 21 and for albumin content on days 2, 5, 7 and 9. Cellular ATP levels were measured on days 9 and 21. ATP signals in stromal-only control cultures (murine 3T3 fibroblasts) were subtracted from those of human HepatoPac co-cultures to obtain hepatocyte-specific effects. See, Table 4, 5 and 6 below.
  • Compound 5-2 at concentrations up to 30 showed no signs of cytotoxicity as measured by ALT leakage, albumin secretion, urea production and cellular ATP content when incubated for up to 12 days with micro-patterned co-cultured human hepatocytes. The minor indications of cytotoxicity detected with extended exposure (up to 21 days of culture) were significantly less than those observed with sofosbuvir. See, Table 4, 5 and 6 below.
  • INX-189 was highly cytotoxic to human co-cultured hepatocytes, showing decreased albumin secretion as early as day 2 and cytotoxicity by all measures. Sofosbuvir showed more cytotoxicity than AT-511 under the same conditions.
  • TABLE 4
    Effect of Test Article on Cellular ATP Concentrations
    50% Inhibitory Concentration (IC50) - μM
    Test Article Day 9 Day 21
    Cmpd 5-2 >30 12.8
    Sofosbuvir 8.6 2.3
    INX-189 8.1 0.1
  • TABLE 5
    Effect of Test Articles on Albumin Secretion
    50% Inhibitory Concentration (IC50) - μM
    Test Article Day 2 Day 5 Day 7 Day 9
    Cmpd 5-2 >30 >30 >30 >30
    Sofosbuvir >30 19.5 10.9 9.3
    INX-189 13.6 3.1 3.2 2.4
  • TABLE 6
    Effect of Test Articles on Albumin Secretion
    50% Inhibitory Concentration (IC50) - μM
    Test Day Day Day Day Day Day Day
    Article
    2 5 7 9 12 16 21
    Cmpd 5-2 >30 >30 >30 >30 >30 24.2  14.5 
    Sofosbuvir >30 >30 >30 12.1 6.8 2.7 2.3
    INX-189 >30 4.2 1.8 1.8 1.3 <<1       <<1      
    • Example 33. Metabolic Studies
  • The metabolism of compounds 25, 27 and 5-2, at a concentration of 10 μM, were investigated in fresh primary cultures of human, dog and mouse hepatocytes. Plated hepatocytes from humans (XenoTech, mixed gender, pooled from 10 donors), male Beagle dog (BioreclamationIVT), and male ICR/CD-1 mice (BioreclamationIVT, 8 donors) in 6-well plates with matrigel overlay were incubated in singlet with 10 μM TA. After 2, 4, 6, 8 or 24 hr, intracellular levels of nucleotide prodrugs and their potential metabolites (prodrugs, monophosphates, triphosphates and nucleosides) were quantitated by LC-MS/MS. Concentrations below the lower limit of quantitation (1.5 pmol/R16 cells for prodrugs, monophosphates and nucleosides and 12 pmol/R16 cells for triphosphates) were extrapolated from the standard curves.
  • The compound β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine triphosphate is the predominant metabolite of compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 observed in cultured human hepatocytes and is a potent inhibitor of the HCV (gt1b) NS5B polymerase, with an IC50 of 0.15 μM.
  • FIG. 8 shows the predominant Compound 25 metabolites in human hepatocytes.
  • FIG. 9 shows the predominant Compound 27 metabolites in human hepatocytes.
  • FIG. 10 shows the predominant Compound 5-2 metabolites in human hepatocytes.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the activation pathways for Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2. As can be seen, Compounds 25, 27 and 5-2 are converted to their corresponding monophosphate analogs which are subsequently metabolized to a common MP analog; β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine monophosphate (Compound 61). The monophosphate is then stepwise phosphorylated to the active triphosphate: β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-methyl-guanine triphosphate (Compound 62).
    • Example 34. Controls
  • INX-189 (INX-08189/BMS-986094) and sofosbuvir were used as controls in the Examples above.
  • The two most potent nucleotide prodrugs, Compounds 25 and 27, demonstrated excellent selectivity, with CC50 values greater than 100 μM in Huh-7 cells, human bone marrow stem cells and human cardiomyocytes. No inhibition of human DNA polymerase α, β or γ, no activity against other RNA or DNA viruses, and no toxicity in all host cell lines was observed at concentrations up to 100 μM.
  • Table 7 is a table illustrating the compounds tested in a HCV Replicon Assay along with the EC50/EC95 (μM) and CC50 (μM) results.
  • TABLE 7
    Replicon Assay Results for Compounds Tested.
    Fold
    increase
    HCV HCV in activity
    Replicon Replicon compared
    Cmpd EC50/EC95 CC50 to parent
    No. Structure (μM) (μM) nucleoside
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00222
         		6.7 >100
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00223
         		2.1/9.04 >100 3
    4
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00224
         		15.7 >100
    5
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00225
         		0.026/0.124 >100 >600
    5-1
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00226
         		0.0551/0.282 >100 >280
    5-2
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00227
         		0.004/0.028 >100 >3,900
    6
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00228
         		10.7 >100
    7
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00229
         		0.0121/0.071 >100 >890
    8
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00230
         		5.56 >100
    9
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00231
         		0.0091/0.054 >100 >600
    15
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00232
         		>100 >100
    16
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00233
         		0.576/3.69 >100
    17
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00234
         		11.5/65.4 >100
    18
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00235
         		0.048/0.219 90.0
    19
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00236
         		7.47 >100
    20
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00237
         		0.073/0.315 >100
    25
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00238
         		0.004/0.019 >100 >2,600
    26
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00239
         		0.0351/0.057 >100
    27
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00240
         		0.005/0.025 >100 >1,100
    28
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00241
         		0.014/0.076 >100
    41
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00242
         		0.508/25.1 21.8
    42
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00243
         		4.18/20.4 >100
    43
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00244
         		6.43/24.7 21.6
    45
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00245
         		0.16/0.876 0.68
    46
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00246
         		0.224/0.961 >100
    47
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00247
         		0.338/1.72 1.68
    61
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00248
    62
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00249
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00250
         		0.052/0.310 >100
    Sofosbuvir
    Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00251
         		0.045/0.259 >100
    PSI-352938
  • The β-D-2′-D-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides described herein exhibit significant activity against the HCV virus. Compounds according to the present invention are assayed for desired relative activity using well-known and conventional assays found in the literature.
  • For example, anti-HCV activity and cytotoxicity of the compounds may be measured in the HCV subgenomic RNA replicon assay system in Huh7 ET cells. (See, Korba, et al., Antiviral Research 2008, 77, 56). The results can be summarized in comparison to a positive control, 2′-C-Me-cytosine {2′-C-Me-C}(Pierra, et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 2006, 49, 6614.
  • Another in-vitro assay for anti-hepatitis C virus activity is described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,718,790 by Stuyver, et al., and assigned to Pharmasset, Inc.
  • This specification has been described with reference to embodiments of the invention. Given the teaching herein, one of ordinary skill in the art will be able to modify the invention for a desired purpose and such variations are considered within the scope of the invention.

Claims (1)

We claim:
1. A compound of the Formula:
Figure US20210009628A1-20210114-C00252
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
US17/028,724 2015-03-06 2020-09-22 Beta-D-2'-DEOXY-2'-Alpha-FLUORO-2'-Beta-C-SUBSTITUTED-2-MODIFIED-N6-SUBSTITUTED PURINE NUCLEOTIDES FOR HCV TREATMENT Abandoned US20210009628A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/028,724 US20210009628A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-09-22 Beta-D-2'-DEOXY-2'-Alpha-FLUORO-2'-Beta-C-SUBSTITUTED-2-MODIFIED-N6-SUBSTITUTED PURINE NUCLEOTIDES FOR HCV TREATMENT
US17/306,643 US20220267366A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2021-05-03 Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment
US18/100,452 US12084473B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2023-01-23 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562129319P 2015-03-06 2015-03-06
US201562253958P 2015-11-11 2015-11-11
US201662276597P 2016-01-08 2016-01-08
US15/063,461 US9828410B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2016-03-07 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US15/782,628 US10000523B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-10-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/001,549 US10239911B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-06-06 Beta-D-2′-deoxy-2′-alpha-fluoro-2′-beta-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/278,621 US10815266B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2019-02-18 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/900,397 US10870672B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-06-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/918,914 US10875885B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-07-01 β-d-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US17/028,724 US20210009628A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-09-22 Beta-D-2'-DEOXY-2'-Alpha-FLUORO-2'-Beta-C-SUBSTITUTED-2-MODIFIED-N6-SUBSTITUTED PURINE NUCLEOTIDES FOR HCV TREATMENT

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/918,914 Continuation US10875885B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-07-01 β-d-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/306,643 Continuation US20220267366A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2021-05-03 Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20210009628A1 true US20210009628A1 (en) 2021-01-14

Family

ID=56850466

Family Applications (11)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/063,461 Active US9828410B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2016-03-07 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US15/782,628 Active US10000523B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-10-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US15/782,638 Active US10005811B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-10-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/001,549 Active US10239911B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-06-06 Beta-D-2′-deoxy-2′-alpha-fluoro-2′-beta-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/278,621 Active US10815266B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2019-02-18 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/900,397 Active US10870672B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-06-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/918,898 Active US10870673B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-07-01 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/918,914 Active US10875885B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-07-01 β-d-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US17/028,724 Abandoned US20210009628A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-09-22 Beta-D-2'-DEOXY-2'-Alpha-FLUORO-2'-Beta-C-SUBSTITUTED-2-MODIFIED-N6-SUBSTITUTED PURINE NUCLEOTIDES FOR HCV TREATMENT
US17/306,643 Abandoned US20220267366A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2021-05-03 Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment
US18/100,452 Active US12084473B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2023-01-23 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment

Family Applications Before (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/063,461 Active US9828410B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2016-03-07 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US15/782,628 Active US10000523B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-10-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US15/782,638 Active US10005811B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-10-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/001,549 Active US10239911B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-06-06 Beta-D-2′-deoxy-2′-alpha-fluoro-2′-beta-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/278,621 Active US10815266B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2019-02-18 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/900,397 Active US10870672B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-06-12 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/918,898 Active US10870673B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-07-01 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US16/918,914 Active US10875885B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-07-01 β-d-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/306,643 Abandoned US20220267366A1 (en) 2015-03-06 2021-05-03 Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment
US18/100,452 Active US12084473B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2023-01-23 β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment

Country Status (22)

Country Link
US (11) US9828410B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3265102A4 (en)
JP (3) JP6776273B2 (en)
KR (2) KR102363946B1 (en)
CN (2) CN107427530B (en)
AU (5) AU2016229966B2 (en)
CA (2) CA3182565A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2017010162A2 (en)
EA (1) EA037098B1 (en)
GE (3) GEP20237502B (en)
HK (1) HK1247829A1 (en)
IL (3) IL302877A (en)
MX (2) MX2017011386A (en)
MY (1) MY190867A (en)
NZ (1) NZ773652A (en)
PH (1) PH12017501598A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2764767C2 (en)
SA (1) SA517382236B1 (en)
SG (1) SG11201706841PA (en)
UA (1) UA124966C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2016144918A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA201705852B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11690860B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2023-07-04 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of HCV infected patients with cirrhosis
US11707480B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2023-07-25 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015017713A1 (en) 2013-08-01 2015-02-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease
EP3265102A4 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-12-05 ATEA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment
US10202412B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2019-02-12 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-substituted-4′-substituted-2-substituted-N6-substituted-6-aminopurinenucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections
US20190169221A1 (en) * 2016-08-12 2019-06-06 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
PT3512863T (en) 2016-09-07 2022-03-09 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for rna virus treatment
CN106432327A (en) * 2016-09-14 2017-02-22 江苏福瑞生物医药有限公司 Method for preparing sofosbuvir key intermediate
SG10202012214WA (en) 2017-02-01 2021-01-28 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc Nucleotide hemi-sulfate salt for the treatment of hepatitis c virus
WO2021173713A1 (en) 2020-02-27 2021-09-02 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against covid-19
EP4200309A1 (en) * 2020-08-19 2023-06-28 ATEA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoselective manufacture of selected purine phosphoramidates
CN112961198B (en) * 2021-02-24 2022-03-25 南京欧信医药技术有限公司 Preparation method of purine nucleotide intermediate
WO2023161427A1 (en) 2022-02-24 2023-08-31 Eisbach Bio Gmbh Viral combination therapy

Family Cites Families (235)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4924116A (en) 1988-01-19 1990-05-08 Honeywell Inc. Feedback source coupled FET logic
EP0374244B1 (en) 1988-06-10 1994-09-28 Mobil Solar Energy Corporation An improved method of fabricating contacts for solar cells
JPH03500305A (en) 1988-07-08 1991-01-24 ファムシー　スティール　コーポレイション Fe-Mn-Al-C based alloy with two-phase high damping ability
WO1990012427A1 (en) 1989-03-30 1990-10-18 Tellio Joseph Grilli Energy monitor for storage cells
DE69015068T2 (en) 1989-04-04 1995-07-27 Koa Oil Co Ltd AIR BATTERY.
CA2479846C (en) 1989-05-15 2007-07-24 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Of The Academy Of Scienc Es Of The Czech Republic Phosphonomethoxymethylpurine/pyrimidine derivatives
US5015790A (en) 1989-12-13 1991-05-14 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company 1,1,2-trifluoro-6-iodo-1-hexene, 1,1,2-trifluoro-1,5-hexadiene, and processes therefore
US5233031A (en) 1991-09-23 1993-08-03 University Of Rochester Phosphoramidate analogs of 2'-deoxyuridine
IT1249732B (en) 1991-11-26 1995-03-09 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio ANTISENSE OLIGONUCLEOTIDES.
US5977061A (en) 1995-04-21 1999-11-02 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Of The Academy Of Sciences Of The Czech Republic N6 - substituted nucleotide analagues and their use
US7517858B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2009-04-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Prodrugs of pharmaceuticals with improved bioavailability
CN1233254A (en) 1996-10-16 1999-10-27 Icn药品公司 Purine L-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
ZA986614B (en) 1997-07-25 1999-01-27 Gilead Sciences Nucleotide analog composition
DK1058686T3 (en) 1998-02-25 2007-03-05 Univ Emory 2'-fluoro nucleosides
AU1376000A (en) 1998-11-30 2000-06-19 Novozymes A/S Anti-dandruff composition comprising an antifungal polypeptide
PL204458B1 (en) 1999-02-12 2010-01-29 Univ Cardiff Phosphoramidate, and mono-, di-, and tri-phosphate esters of (1r, cis)-4-(6-amino-9h-purin-9-yl)-2-cyclopentene-1-methanol as antiviral agents
IN191496B (en) 1999-07-30 2003-12-06 Ranbaxy Lab Ltd
ES2498046T3 (en) 1999-12-03 2014-09-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Phosphonate ester antiviral compounds
JP2003532643A (en) 2000-04-13 2003-11-05 フアーマセツト・リミテツド 3'- or 2'-hydroxymethyl-substituted nucleoside derivatives for treating hepatitis virus infection
MY164523A (en) 2000-05-23 2017-12-29 Univ Degli Studi Cagliari Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
NZ547204A (en) 2000-05-26 2008-01-31 Idenix Cayman Ltd Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
EP2180064A3 (en) 2000-10-18 2010-08-11 Pharmasset, Inc. Multiplex quantification of nucleic acids in diseased cells
KR20090089922A (en) 2000-10-18 2009-08-24 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Modified nucleosides for treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
US8481712B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2013-07-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
CA2434386C (en) 2001-01-22 2006-12-05 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
US7105499B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2006-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
GB0112617D0 (en) 2001-05-23 2001-07-18 Hoffmann La Roche Antiviral nucleoside derivatives
GB0114286D0 (en) 2001-06-12 2001-08-01 Hoffmann La Roche Nucleoside Derivatives
WO2003000200A2 (en) 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Pharmasset Ltd. β-2'-OR 3'-HALONUCLEOSIDES
WO2003026589A2 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-04-03 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus using 4'-modified nucleosides
GB2383042A (en) 2001-10-18 2003-06-18 Cipla Ltd Amorphous alendronate sodium
WO2003039523A2 (en) 2001-11-05 2003-05-15 Exiqon A/S OLIGONUCLEOTIDES MODIFIED WITH NOVEL α-L-RNA ANALOGUES
US7388002B2 (en) 2001-11-14 2008-06-17 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of RNA viral polymerases
CA2470255C (en) 2001-12-14 2012-01-17 Kyoichi A. Watanabe N4-acylcytosine nucleosides for treatment of viral infections
CA2470938A1 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-07-03 Raymond F. Schinazi Treatment of ebv and khsv infection and associated abnormal cellular proliferation
WO2003062256A1 (en) 2002-01-17 2003-07-31 Ribapharm Inc. 2'-beta-modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents
WO2003072757A2 (en) 2002-02-28 2003-09-04 Biota, Inc. Nucleotide mimics and their prodrugs
EP1501850A2 (en) * 2002-05-06 2005-02-02 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Nucleoside derivatives for treating hepatitis c virus infection
US7456155B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2008-11-25 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2′-C-methyl-3′-O-L-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
US7608600B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2009-10-27 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified 2′ and 3′-nucleoside prodrugs for treating Flaviviridae infections
PT1523489E (en) 2002-06-28 2014-06-24 Centre Nat Rech Scient Modified 2' and 3' -nucleoside produgs for treating flaviridae infections
PL374792A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2005-10-31 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2' and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for treating flaviviridae infections
CN101172993A (en) 2002-06-28 2008-05-07 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 2'-c-methyl-3'-o-l-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
US7323449B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2008-01-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Thionucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
US20040067877A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-04-08 Schinazi Raymond F. 2', 3'-Dideoxynucleoside analogues for the treatment or prevention of Flaviviridae infections
BR0313164A (en) 2002-08-01 2007-07-17 Pharmasset Inc compounds with the non-bicyclic system [4.2.1] for the treatment of flaviviridae infections
AU2003259735A1 (en) 2002-08-08 2004-02-25 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Small-mer compositions and methods of use
HUE033832T2 (en) 2002-11-15 2018-01-29 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 2'-methyl nucleosides in combination with interferon and flaviviridae mutation
TWI294882B (en) 2002-12-09 2008-03-21 Hoffmann La Roche Anhydrous crystalline azido cytosine hemisulfate derivative
AR043006A1 (en) 2003-02-12 2005-07-13 Merck & Co Inc PROCESS TO PREPARE RAMIFIED RIBONUCLEOSIDS
AU2003209667A1 (en) 2003-02-21 2004-09-09 Hetero Drugs Limited Bicalutamide polymorphs
EP1613261A4 (en) 2003-04-09 2011-01-26 Novo Nordisk As Intracellular formation of peptide conjugates
EP1628685B1 (en) 2003-04-25 2010-12-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral phosphonate analogs
US20040259934A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-12-23 Olsen David B. Inhibiting Coronaviridae viral replication and treating Coronaviridae viral infection with nucleoside compounds
US20040229839A1 (en) 2003-05-14 2004-11-18 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of RNA viral polymerases
EP1656093A2 (en) 2003-05-14 2006-05-17 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Nucleosides for treatment of infection by corona viruses, toga viruses and picorna viruses
WO2004106356A1 (en) 2003-05-27 2004-12-09 Syddansk Universitet Functionalized nucleotide derivatives
PL3521297T3 (en) 2003-05-30 2022-04-04 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
CA2528294A1 (en) 2003-06-19 2005-01-06 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Processes for preparing 4'-azido nucleoside derivatives
GB0317009D0 (en) 2003-07-21 2003-08-27 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
WO2005009418A2 (en) 2003-07-25 2005-02-03 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Purine nucleoside analogues for treating diseases caused by flaviviridae including hepatitis c
DE10335061B4 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-11-17 Wacker-Chemie Gmbh Process for the preparation of OH-protected [4- (2,6-damino-9H-purin-9-yl) -1,3-dioxolan-2-yl] methanol derivatives
WO2005021568A2 (en) 2003-08-27 2005-03-10 Biota, Inc. Novel tricyclic nucleosides or nucleotides as therapeutic agents
GB0401088D0 (en) 2004-01-19 2004-02-18 Univ Cardiff Phosphoramidate derivatives
WO2005090370A1 (en) 2004-02-05 2005-09-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Pharmacologically active agents containing esterified phosphonates and methods for use thereof
US20050182252A1 (en) 2004-02-13 2005-08-18 Reddy K. R. Novel 2'-C-methyl nucleoside derivatives
US7534767B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2009-05-19 Merck & Co., Inc. C-purine nucleoside analogs as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
WO2006002231A1 (en) 2004-06-22 2006-01-05 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aza nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of rna viral polymerases
US20070265222A1 (en) 2004-06-24 2007-11-15 Maccoss Malcolm Nucleoside Aryl Phosphoramidates for the Treatment of Rna-Dependent Rna Viral Infection
ZA200610651B (en) 2004-06-29 2008-06-25 Avery Dennison Corp Nonwoven-elastomeric laminate with improved bonding between elastomer and nonwoven web
CN101023094B (en) 2004-07-21 2011-05-18 法莫赛特股份有限公司 Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
WO2006031725A2 (en) 2004-09-14 2006-03-23 Pharmasset, Inc. Preparation of 2'­fluoro-2'- alkyl- substituted or other optionally substituted ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
US8133870B2 (en) 2004-10-29 2012-03-13 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Therapeutic furopyrimidines and thienopyrimidines
CA2589935A1 (en) 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Nucleosides with antiviral and anticancer activity
CN101115725A (en) 2004-12-10 2008-01-30 埃莫里大学 2' and 3' - substituted cyclobutyl nucleoside analogs for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
WO2006063717A2 (en) 2004-12-16 2006-06-22 Febit Biotech Gmbh Polymerase-independent analysis of the sequence of polynucleotides
US8802840B2 (en) 2005-03-08 2014-08-12 Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd. Bicyclic nucleosides and nucleotides as therapeutic agents
GB0505781D0 (en) 2005-03-21 2005-04-27 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
WO2006102533A2 (en) 2005-03-23 2006-09-28 Neopharm, Inc. Pharmaceutically active lipid-based formulation of nucleoside-lipid conjugates
AU2006230023A1 (en) 2005-03-29 2006-10-05 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis C therapies
US20090156545A1 (en) 2005-04-01 2009-06-18 Hostetler Karl Y Substituted Phosphate Esters of Nucleoside Phosphonates
WO2006121820A1 (en) 2005-05-05 2006-11-16 Valeant Research & Development Phosphoramidate prodrugs for treatment of viral infection
WO2007021610A2 (en) 2005-08-09 2007-02-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Ribonucleoside cyclic acetal derivatives for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
WO2007022073A2 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Novel 2'-c-methyl and 4'-c-methyl nucleoside derivatives
CA2618335C (en) 2005-08-15 2015-03-31 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antiviral phosphoramidates of 4'-substituted pronucleotides
WO2007056596A2 (en) 2005-11-09 2007-05-18 Wayne State University Phosphoramidate derivatives of fau
JP2009526850A (en) 2006-02-14 2009-07-23 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for treating RNA-dependent RNA viral infections
US8895531B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2014-11-25 Rfs Pharma Llc 2′-fluoronucleoside phosphonates as antiviral agents
JP5320284B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2013-10-23 キメリクス，インコーポレーテッド Metabolically stable alkoxyalkyl esters of antiviral or antiproliferative phosphonates, nucleoside phosphonates and nucleoside phosphates
WO2008005542A2 (en) 2006-07-07 2008-01-10 Gilead Sciences, Inc., Antiviral phosphinate compounds
GB0614947D0 (en) 2006-07-27 2006-09-06 Isis Innovation Epitope reduction therapy
CA2666098C (en) 2006-10-10 2012-09-25 Steven D. Axt Preparation of nucleosides ribofuranosyl pyrimidines
PL216525B1 (en) 2006-10-17 2014-04-30 Ct Badań Molekularnych I Makromolekularnych Polskiej Akademii Nauk 5'-0-[(N-acyl) amidophosphate] - and 5'-0- [(N-acyl) amidothiophosphate]- and 5'-0- [N-acyl) amidodithiophosphate] and 5'-0- [N-acyl) amidoselenophosphate] - nucleosides and method for their manufacture
GB0623493D0 (en) 2006-11-24 2007-01-03 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
CA2672613A1 (en) 2006-12-20 2008-07-03 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti S.P.A. Nucleoside cyclic phosphoramidates for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
US20080261913A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2008-10-23 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of liver disorders
US8071568B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-12-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for the treatment of RNA-dependent RNA viral infection
NZ598927A (en) 2007-01-12 2013-09-27 Biocryst Pharm Inc Antiviral nucleoside analogs
KR20100014878A (en) 2007-01-31 2010-02-11 앨리오스 바이오파마 인크. 2-5a analogs and their methods of use
US8324179B2 (en) 2007-02-09 2012-12-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
US7964580B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2011-06-21 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
ES2393038T3 (en) 2007-05-10 2012-12-18 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tretrahydrofuro [3,4-D] dioxolane compounds for use in the treatment of viral infections and cancer
WO2008143846A1 (en) 2007-05-14 2008-11-27 Rfs Pharma, Llc Azido purine nucleosides for treatment of viral infections
SI2014771T1 (en) 2007-06-25 2015-04-30 Anadys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Continuous enzymatic hydrolysis process
GB0712494D0 (en) 2007-06-27 2007-08-08 Isis Innovation Substrate reduction therapy
US20090060872A1 (en) 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphadiazine hcv polymerase inhibitors v
US20090318380A1 (en) 2007-11-20 2009-12-24 Pharmasset, Inc. 2',4'-substituted nucleosides as antiviral agents
US20090176732A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-07-09 Alios Biopharma Inc. Protected nucleotide analogs
WO2009086201A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-07-09 Alios Biopharma, Inc. 2-5a analogs and their use as anti-cancer, anti-viral and anti- paras iti c agents
TW200942243A (en) 2008-03-05 2009-10-16 Biocryst Pharm Inc Antiviral therapeutic agents
CA2722308C (en) 2008-04-15 2024-02-27 Rfs Pharma, Llc. Nucleoside derivatives for treatment of caliciviridae infections, including norovirus infections
SI2937350T1 (en) 2008-04-23 2018-05-31 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 1' -substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
US8173621B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2012-05-08 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside cyclicphosphates
TW201012814A (en) 2008-07-01 2010-04-01 Centocor Ortho Biotech Products L P Cyclopropyl polymerase inhibitors
EP2313102A2 (en) 2008-07-03 2011-04-27 Biota Scientific Management Bycyclic nucleosides and nucleotides as therapeutic agents
AR072939A1 (en) 2008-08-20 2010-09-29 Schering Corp DERIVATIVES OF PIRIDINE AND PYRIMIDINE REPLACED WITH ETHYLENE AND ITS USE IN THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL INFECTIONS
WO2010022125A1 (en) 2008-08-20 2010-02-25 Schering Corporation Ethynyl-substituted pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives and their use in treating viral infections
AU2009282567B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2014-10-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives and their use in treating viral infections
US8470834B2 (en) 2008-08-20 2013-06-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. AZO-substituted pyridine and pyrimidine derivatives and their use in treating viral infections
PA8852101A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-07-27 Medivir Ab URACIL CYCLOPROPYLL NUCLEOTIDES
WO2010068708A2 (en) 2008-12-09 2010-06-17 Rfs Pharma, Llc 3'-azido purine nucleotide prodrugs for treatment of viral infections
EP2376514A2 (en) 2008-12-23 2011-10-19 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside analogs
CL2009002206A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2011-08-26 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compounds derived from pyrrolo - (2-3-d] -pyrimidin-7 (6h) -tetrahydrofuran-2-yl phosphonamidate, pharmaceutical composition; and its use in the treatment of viral diseases.
NZ593648A (en) 2008-12-23 2013-09-27 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
WO2010081082A2 (en) 2009-01-09 2010-07-15 University College Of Cardiff Consultants Limited Phosphoramidate derivatives of guanosine nucleoside compounds for treatment of viral infections
KR101774429B1 (en) 2009-02-06 2017-09-04 코크리스탈 파마, 아이엔씨. Purine nucleoside monophosphate prodrugs for treatment of cancer and viral infections
EP2396340B1 (en) 2009-02-10 2013-12-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
AR075584A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2011-04-20 Intermune Inc THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE beta-D-2'-DESOXI-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLYCTIDINE AND A CARDIEX ISOINDOL ACID DERIVATIVE AND ITS USES. COMPOUND.
JP5690286B2 (en) 2009-03-04 2015-03-25 イデニク プハルマセウティカルス，インコーポレイテッド Phosphothiophene and phosphothiazole HCV polymerase inhibitors
EP2408306A4 (en) 2009-03-20 2012-11-07 Alios Biopharma Inc Substituted nucleoside and nucleotide analogs
US20100240604A1 (en) 2009-03-20 2010-09-23 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Protected nucleotide analogs
JO3027B1 (en) 2009-05-14 2016-09-05 Janssen Products Lp Uracyl Spirooxetane Nucleosides
US8618076B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-12-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
TWI583692B (en) 2009-05-20 2017-05-21 基利法瑪席特有限責任公司 Nucleoside phosphoramidates
EP2264169A1 (en) 2009-06-15 2010-12-22 Qiagen GmbH Modified siNA
US20100331397A1 (en) 2009-06-24 2010-12-30 Alios Biopharma, Inc. 2-5a analogs and their methods of use
WO2011005860A2 (en) 2009-07-07 2011-01-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5' phosphate mimics
US7973013B2 (en) 2009-09-21 2011-07-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 2'-fluoro substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
US8455451B2 (en) 2009-09-21 2013-06-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 2'-fluoro substituted carba-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
AU2010302971B2 (en) 2009-09-29 2014-05-01 Janssen Products, L.P. Phosphoramidate derivatives of nucleosides
US8816074B2 (en) 2009-11-16 2014-08-26 University of Georgia Foundation, Inc. 2′-fluoro-6′-methylene carbocyclic nucleosides and methods of treating viral infections
EA201270632A1 (en) 2009-11-16 2013-01-30 Юниверсити Оф Джорджия Рисерч Фаундейшн, Инк. 2'-Fluoro-6'-Methylene Carbocyclic Nucleosides and Methods for the Treatment of Viral Infections
AR079528A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2012-02-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc 5,5-FUSIONED ARYLENE OR HETEROARYLENE INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
US8333309B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2012-12-18 Kenneth Riddleberger Hunter's adjustable encapsulating scent adsorption system with combination pack and detachably securable flexible funnel for human odor adsorption
KR101715981B1 (en) 2010-03-31 2017-03-13 길리애드 파마셋 엘엘씨 Nucleoside phosphoramidates
PL3290428T3 (en) * 2010-03-31 2022-02-07 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Tablet comprising crystalline (s)-isopropyl 2-(((s)-(((2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydropyrimidin-1 (2h)-yl)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-4-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy)(phenoxy)phosphoryl)amino)propanoate
MX2012011222A (en) 2010-04-01 2013-01-18 Centre Nat Rech Scient Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections.
EP2558466A4 (en) 2010-04-14 2013-11-13 Univ California Phosphonates with reduced toxicity for treatment of viral infections
TW201201815A (en) 2010-05-28 2012-01-16 Gilead Sciences Inc 1'-substituted-carba-nucleoside prodrugs for antiviral treatment
EP2805960A1 (en) * 2010-07-19 2014-11-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods for the preparation of diasteromerically pure phosphoramidate prodrugs
BR112013004520A2 (en) 2010-08-26 2016-06-07 Univ Emory potent and selective hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2012040124A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-29 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Azido nucleosides and nucleotide analogs
EA025341B1 (en) 2010-09-22 2016-12-30 Алиос Биофарма, Инк. Substituted nucleotide analogs
US20120070411A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-22 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleotide analogs
WO2012041965A1 (en) 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 Universidad Nacional De Quilmes Process for producing dialkylphosphotriesters of nucleosides by enzymatic transesterification and deprotection thereof for producing nucleoside monophosphates
WO2012048013A2 (en) 2010-10-06 2012-04-12 Inhibitex, Inc. Phosphorodiamidate derivatives of guanosine nucleoside compounds for treatment of viral injections
ES2531583T3 (en) 2010-11-10 2015-03-17 Janssen Products, L.P. Uracyl Oxyethane Spironucleoside Phosphoramidates
US8841275B2 (en) 2010-11-30 2014-09-23 Gilead Pharmasset Llc 2′-spiro-nucleosides and derivatives thereof useful for treating hepatitis C virus and dengue virus infections
NZ613370A (en) * 2010-12-20 2015-05-29 Gilead Sciences Inc Combinations for treating hcv
WO2012088155A1 (en) * 2010-12-22 2012-06-28 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Cyclic nucleotide analogs
WO2012092484A2 (en) 2010-12-29 2012-07-05 Inhibitex, Inc. Substituted purine nucleosides, phosphoroamidate and phosphorodiamidate derivatives for treatment of viral infections
WO2012094248A1 (en) 2011-01-03 2012-07-12 Nanjing Molecular Research, Inc. O-(substituted benzyl) phosphoramidate compounds and therapeutic use
PL3031812T3 (en) 2011-03-01 2018-12-31 NuCana plc Chemical compounds
US9085599B2 (en) 2011-03-16 2015-07-21 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2′allene-substituted nucleoside derivatives
JP2014514295A (en) 2011-03-31 2014-06-19 アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
WO2012142075A1 (en) 2011-04-13 2012-10-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-azido substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US8877733B2 (en) 2011-04-13 2014-11-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 1′-substituted pyrimidine N-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
KR20130138840A (en) 2011-04-13 2013-12-19 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 2'-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
EP2710023A4 (en) 2011-05-19 2014-12-03 Rfs Pharma Llc Purine monophosphate prodrugs for treatment of viral infections
EP2731433A4 (en) 2011-07-13 2014-12-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme 5'-substituted nucleoside analogs and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
EP2739154B1 (en) 2011-08-01 2018-06-27 MBC Pharma, Inc. Vitamin b6 derivatives of nucleotides, acyclonucleotides and acyclonucleoside phosphonates
CN103906759A (en) 2011-09-12 2014-07-02 埃迪尼克斯医药公司 Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
EP2755983B1 (en) 2011-09-12 2017-03-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC. Substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
WO2013044030A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-chloroacetylenyl substituted nucleoside derivatives
TW201331221A (en) 2011-10-14 2013-08-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc Substituted 3',5'-cyclic phosphates of purine nucleotide compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
WO2013059735A1 (en) 2011-10-19 2013-04-25 Mercator Medsystems, Inc. Localized modulation of tissues and cells to enhance therapeutic effects including renal denervation
US8889159B2 (en) 2011-11-29 2014-11-18 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus
US20130244966A1 (en) 2011-12-12 2013-09-19 Catabasis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fatty acid antiviral conjugates and their uses
GB2497580A (en) 2011-12-16 2013-06-19 Intercede Ltd Data transmission using a plurality of barcodes displayed in a loop
CA2860234A1 (en) 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted phosphorothioate nucleotide analogs
WO2013123138A2 (en) 2012-02-14 2013-08-22 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Spiro [2.4]heptanes for treatment of flaviviridae infections
SI2820016T1 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-11-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N- (5s, 6s, 9r) - 5 -amino- 6 - (2, 3 - difluorophenyl) -6, 7, 8, 9 - tetrahydro - 5h - cyclohepta (b)pyridin-9 -yl- 4 - (2 - oxo-2, 3 - dihydro - 1h- imidazo (4, 5 -b)pyridin - 1 - yl) piperidine - 1 - carboxylate, hemisulfate salt
WO2013142159A1 (en) 2012-03-21 2013-09-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a thionucleotide analog
NZ630800A (en) 2012-03-21 2016-06-24 Alios Biopharma Inc Methods of preparing substituted nucleotide analogs
NZ630805A (en) 2012-03-22 2016-01-29 Alios Biopharma Inc Pharmaceutical combinations comprising a thionucleotide analog
US20150057243A1 (en) 2012-04-02 2015-02-26 Northern University Compositions and Methods for the Inhibition of Methyltransferases
CN102659843B (en) * 2012-04-24 2015-06-24 北京大学 D, L-guanosine nucleoside analog monophosphate, and preparation method and application thereof
US8846638B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2014-09-30 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic nucleoside phosphoramidate derivatives
US9109001B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2015-08-18 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3′,5′-cyclic phosphoramidate prodrugs for HCV infection
EA031301B1 (en) 2012-05-22 2018-12-28 Иденикс Фармасьютикалз Ллс D-amino acid chemical compounds for treating liver diseases
CN104640444B (en) 2012-06-16 2016-12-14 河南美泰宝生物制药有限公司 Double liver target phosphoramidates and aminophosphonic acid ester prodrugs
KR20150027155A (en) 2012-07-03 2015-03-11 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 Process for preparing diastereomerically enriched phosphoramidate derivatives of nucleoside compounds for treatment of viral infections
WO2014047117A1 (en) 2012-09-18 2014-03-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for preparing phosphoramidate derivatives of nucleoside compounds for treatment of viral infections
WO2014052638A1 (en) 2012-09-27 2014-04-03 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Esters and malonates of sate prodrugs
MX353422B (en) 2012-10-08 2018-01-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 2'-chloro nucleoside analogs for hcv infection.
WO2014063019A1 (en) 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dinucleotide compounds for hcv infection
RU2015119999A (en) 2012-10-29 2016-12-20 Кокристал Фарма, Инк. Pyrimidine Nucleosides and Their Monophosphate Drugs for the Treatment of Disease Infections and Cancer
MY176133A (en) * 2012-11-16 2020-07-24 Nucana Biomed Ltd Process for preparing nucleoside prodrugs
GB201220843D0 (en) 2012-11-20 2013-01-02 Univ College Cork Nat Univ Ie Compound
US20140205566A1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-07-24 Novartis Ag Cyclic nucleuoside derivatives and uses thereof
EP2935304A1 (en) 2012-12-19 2015-10-28 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
WO2014100505A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
CA2894541A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
SI2950786T1 (en) 2013-01-31 2020-03-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
WO2014124430A1 (en) 2013-02-11 2014-08-14 Emory University Nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutic compositions and uses related thereto
US9339541B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2016-05-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiophosphate nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
US9187515B2 (en) 2013-04-01 2015-11-17 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 2′,4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
US20140309164A1 (en) 2013-04-12 2014-10-16 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated nucleoside prodrugs useful for treating hcv
CN103435672A (en) 2013-04-25 2013-12-11 刘沛 Structure and synthesis of novel nucleoside phosphate prodrug containing substituted benzyl
CA2913206C (en) 2013-06-26 2022-08-02 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2015002952A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2015-01-08 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating hcv
US10149859B2 (en) 2013-09-11 2018-12-11 Emory University Nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutic compositions and uses related thereto
US8889701B1 (en) 2013-10-11 2014-11-18 Alla Chem, Llc Substituted (S)-(2R,3R,5R)-3-hydroxy-(5-pyrimidin-1-yl)tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl aryl phosphoramidate
TW201524990A (en) 2013-10-11 2015-07-01 Alios Biopharma Inc Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
WO2015061683A1 (en) 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-amino acid phosphoramidate and d-alanine thiophosphoramidate pronucleotides of nucleoside compounds useful for the treatment of hcv
US20160271162A1 (en) 2013-11-01 2016-09-22 Idenix Pharmacueticals, Llc D-alanine phosphoramide pronucleotides of 2'-methyl 2'-fluro guanosine nucleoside compounds for the treatment of hcv
CN104211748B (en) * 2013-11-15 2017-05-31 南京济群医药科技股份有限公司 6 hydroxyl dideoxy guanine nucleoside phosphate preparation and uses
WO2015081133A2 (en) 2013-11-27 2015-06-04 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer
WO2015084741A2 (en) 2013-12-02 2015-06-11 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Methods of treating hepatitis c virus infection in subjects with cirrhosis
WO2015095305A1 (en) 2013-12-17 2015-06-25 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Production of cyclic phosphate, phosphoramidate, thiophosphate, and phosphonate nucleoside compounds
US20170022242A1 (en) 2014-04-17 2017-01-26 Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, KU LEUVEN R&D Novel antiviral and antitumoral compounds
JP6669675B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2020-03-18 ヤンセン バイオファーマ インク． Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
CA2952966A1 (en) 2014-06-24 2015-12-30 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
CN107108676A (en) 2014-09-15 2017-08-29 美迪维尔公司 Method for preparing the pure phosphoramidate prodrug of diastereo-isomerism
CN105646629A (en) 2014-11-25 2016-06-08 广州市恒诺康医药科技有限公司 L-nucleoside compounds and application thereof
MA41441A (en) 2014-12-19 2017-12-12 Alios Biopharma Inc SUBSTITUTED NUCLEOSIDES, NUCLEOTIDES AND ANALOGUES OF THEM
MA41213A (en) 2014-12-19 2017-10-24 Alios Biopharma Inc SUBSTITUTED NUCLEOSIDES, NUCLEOTIDES AND ANALOGUES OF THEM
EP3265102A4 (en) * 2015-03-06 2018-12-05 ATEA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for hcv treatment
WO2016145142A1 (en) 2015-03-10 2016-09-15 Emory University Nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutics compositions and uses related thereto
CN106188192B (en) 2015-04-29 2019-09-10 刘沛 Nucleosides phosphoramidic acid/the phosphate derivatives and its medical usage of the amino-acid ester containing D-
US10202412B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2019-02-12 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-substituted-4′-substituted-2-substituted-N6-substituted-6-aminopurinenucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections
LU100724B1 (en) 2016-07-14 2018-07-31 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-4'-fluoro-n6-substituted-6-amino-2-substituted purine nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infection
PT3512863T (en) 2016-09-07 2022-03-09 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for rna virus treatment
SG10202012214WA (en) * 2017-02-01 2021-01-28 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc Nucleotide hemi-sulfate salt for the treatment of hepatitis c virus
TW202012001A (en) 2018-04-10 2020-04-01 美商亞堤製藥公司 Treatment of cirrhotic hcv infected patients

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11690860B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2023-07-04 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of HCV infected patients with cirrhosis
US11707480B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2023-07-25 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10870672B2 (en) 2020-12-22
US20180282364A1 (en) 2018-10-04
RU2017133011A3 (en) 2019-09-13
AU2021204022A1 (en) 2021-07-08
US10239911B2 (en) 2019-03-26
AU2020203055B2 (en) 2021-03-25
AU2018282469A1 (en) 2019-01-24
AU2016229966B2 (en) 2018-09-27
NZ773652A (en) 2024-08-30
US20200331956A1 (en) 2020-10-22
IL295418A (en) 2022-10-01
IL254111A0 (en) 2017-10-31
JP7053754B2 (en) 2022-04-12
JP6776273B2 (en) 2020-10-28
AU2018282469B2 (en) 2020-02-13
CN112209980A (en) 2021-01-12
MY190867A (en) 2022-05-13
US10875885B2 (en) 2020-12-29
EP3265102A1 (en) 2018-01-10
CA3182565A1 (en) 2016-09-15
CN112209980B (en) 2023-12-05
IL295418B2 (en) 2023-10-01
HK1247829A1 (en) 2018-10-05
BR112017018977A2 (en) 2018-05-22
SG11201706841PA (en) 2017-09-28
GEP20237502B (en) 2023-04-25
PH12017501598A1 (en) 2018-02-12
CN107427530A (en) 2017-12-01
US20190177356A1 (en) 2019-06-13
US20200331955A1 (en) 2020-10-22
GEP20217282B (en) 2021-08-10
AU2021204022B2 (en) 2023-05-18
AU2016229966A1 (en) 2017-09-14
CO2017010162A2 (en) 2018-01-05
US20180030081A1 (en) 2018-02-01
JP2018507261A (en) 2018-03-15
AU2023202634A1 (en) 2023-05-18
KR20170120700A (en) 2017-10-31
US20220267366A1 (en) 2022-08-25
SA517382236B1 (en) 2022-09-07
US12084473B2 (en) 2024-09-10
US10005811B2 (en) 2018-06-26
MX2022015612A (en) 2023-02-13
JP7532440B2 (en) 2024-08-13
UA124966C2 (en) 2021-12-22
KR20220025914A (en) 2022-03-03
EA201791903A1 (en) 2018-01-31
US20180030082A1 (en) 2018-02-01
RU2764767C2 (en) 2022-01-21
WO2016144918A1 (en) 2016-09-15
US10000523B2 (en) 2018-06-19
EA037098B1 (en) 2021-02-05
KR102363946B1 (en) 2022-02-17
NZ734908A (en) 2021-10-29
US10815266B2 (en) 2020-10-27
CA2978085A1 (en) 2016-09-15
AU2016229966A8 (en) 2017-10-12
US20160257706A1 (en) 2016-09-08
MX2017011386A (en) 2018-04-26
US10870673B2 (en) 2020-12-22
US20200308215A1 (en) 2020-10-01
IL302877A (en) 2023-07-01
GEP20247600B (en) 2024-02-26
CN107427530B (en) 2020-09-08
JP2022088596A (en) 2022-06-14
JP2021008494A (en) 2021-01-28
US9828410B2 (en) 2017-11-28
IL295418B1 (en) 2023-06-01
ZA201705852B (en) 2019-11-27
EP3265102A4 (en) 2018-12-05
US20240002426A1 (en) 2024-01-04
AU2020203055A1 (en) 2020-05-28
IL254111B (en) 2021-04-29
RU2017133011A (en) 2019-04-09
CA2978085C (en) 2023-01-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12084473B2 (en) β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
BR112017018977B1 (en) NUCLEOTIDE COMPOUNDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, AND, USE OF A COMPOUND

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ATEA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SOMMADOSSI, JEAN-PIERRE;MOUSSA, ADEL;REEL/FRAME:053997/0501

Effective date: 20160304

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED

AS Assignment

Owner name: ATEA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SOMMADOSSI, JEAN-PIERRE;MOUSSA, ADEL;REEL/FRAME:054369/0895

Effective date: 20160304

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: ATEA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE APPLICATION NUMBER 17028319 PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL: 053997 FRAME: 0501. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNORS:SOMMADOSSI, JEAN-PIERRE;MOUSSA, ADEL;REEL/FRAME:062003/0409

Effective date: 20160304